Correct the error message in spl_load_image_ext() when image parsing
fails. Instead of "ext4fs_read failed" print "failed to parse image
header".
Signed-off-by: Petr Kulhavy <brain@jikos.cz>
CC: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet@free.fr>
CC: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Remove redundant #if defined(CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT) statement around
getenv() calls in spl_load_image_ext_os().
The whole function is surrounded by #ifdef CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Petr Kulhavy <brain@jikos.cz>
CC: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet@free.fr>
Acked-by: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet@free.fr>
The comments in the source file are riddled with spelling mistakes. Be
a good citizen and take a stab at cleaning up some of the more obvious
ones.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In case we have restarted u-boot there is a chance that environment
buffer contains old environment (from the previous boot). If UBI volume
is zero size, ubi_volume_read() doesn't modify the buffer and exits
successfully.
We need to clear buffer manually before reading it from UBI, so the
invalid CRC will cause setting default environment in case that the UBI
volume is zero size.
Signed-off-by: Marcin Niestroj <m.niestroj@grinn-global.com>
Flushing part of the cache should be done on cache boundaries. Trying to
flush part of a cache line is not supported and the request may be ignored
or print warnings.
Adjust the bootm code to align the end address to prevent this problem.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Tested-on: smartweb, corvus, taurus, axm
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas@biessmann.org>
This allows a board to configure verified boot within the SPL using
a FIT or FIT with external data. It also allows the SPL to perform
signature verification without needing relocation.
The board configuration will need to add the following feature defines:
CONFIG_SPL_CRYPTO_SUPPORT
CONFIG_SPL_HASH_SUPPORT
CONFIG_SPL_SHA256
In this example, SHA256 is the only selected hashing algorithm.
And the following booleans:
CONFIG_SPL=y
CONFIG_SPL_DM=y
CONFIG_SPL_LOAD_FIT=y
CONFIG_SPL_FIT=y
CONFIG_SPL_OF_CONTROL=y
CONFIG_SPL_OF_LIBFDT=y
CONFIG_SPL_FIT_SIGNATURE=y
Signed-off-by: Teddy Reed <teddy.reed@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Acked-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@nxp.com>
move CONFIG_BOOTDELAY into a Kconfig option. Used for this
purpose the moveconfig.py tool in tools.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Viresh Kumar <viresh.kumar@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Fixes:
=> ext2ls scsi 0:1
** Bad device scsi 0:1 **
for boards which use the scsi legacy driver (such as ls1043ardb).
Signed-off-by: Ed Swarthout <Ed.Swarthout@nxp.com>
Tested-by: George McCollister <george.mccollister@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Setup flag when default environment are used to be able to
rewrite default distro boot variables based on SoC boot mode.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
When no DTB can be matched successfully to the board that's being used
a list of available FIT-embedded DTBs will be output to the console for
diagnostic purposes. But rather than the contents of the "description"
FDT property a non-existent property was accessed and as a result "NULL"
was output instead of the actual name(s) of the DTB(s). Fix this issue
by using the correct property which is also the exact same property
that's used earlier during the actual board matching process.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
nand_info[] is now an array of pointers, with the actual mtd_info
instance embedded in struct nand_chip.
This is in preparation for syncing the NAND code with Linux 4.6,
which makes the same change to struct nand_chip. It's in a separate
commit due to the large amount of changes required to accommodate the
change to nand_info[].
Signed-off-by: Scott Wood <oss@buserror.net>
Move CONFIG_USB_XHCI to defconfig files for all boards, renaming it
into CONFIG_USB_XHCI_HCD.
As commented in the help of "config USB_XHCI" entry, this has been
a TODO for a long time; now CONFIG_USB_XHCI_HCD and CONFIG_USB_XHCI
have been unified in favor of the former.
Note:
Some boards define CONFIG_USB_XHCI in their headers without
CONFIG_USB, which does not meet the "depends on" in Kconfig.
I added CONFIG_USB=y for those boards when converting.
Otherwise, they would fail to build.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Allow configuring the begining of the malloc_f area in SPL.
This patch uses the same CONFIG_MALLOC_F_ADDR established by
the sandbox.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Remove the check for GD_FLG_SPL_INIT in spl_relocate_stack_gd().
The check will always fail. This is because spl_relocate_stack_gd()
is called from ARM's crt0.S and it is called before board_init_r().
The board_init_r() calls spl_init(), which sets the GD_FLG_SPL_INIT
flag.
Note that reserving the malloc area in RAM is not a problem even
if the GD_FLG_SPL_INIT flag is not set.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Chin Liang See <clsee@altera.com>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@opensource.altera.com>
Cc: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Cc: Pavel Machek <pavel@denx.de>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
When loading fit header, it should be loaded to a previous address
aligned to ARCH_DMA_MINALIGN and not 8. Fixing the same.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
For odroid-c2 (arch-meson) for now disable designware eth as meson
now needs to do some harder GPIO work.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Conflicts:
lib/efi_loader/efi_disk.c
Modified:
configs/odroid-c2_defconfig
This provides a way to load a FIT containing U-Boot and a selection of device
tree files from UART.
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Detect a FIT when loading from NAND and handle it using the
new FIT SPL support.
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
[trini: Make sure we continue to use (void *)(unsigned long) for
load_addr].
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Detect a FIT when loading from a FAT File system and handle it using the
new FIT SPL support.
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
This provides a way to load a FIT containing U-Boot and a selection of device
tree files from a File system. Making sure that all the reads and writes
are aligned to their respective needs.
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
[trini: Make this still apply with Michal's alignment change for 'fit']
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
sectors field is not being updated when reading fdt from fit image. Because of
this size_of(u-boot.bin) is being read when reading fdt. Fixing it by updating
the sectors field properly.
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
This option is always enabled and is about to be removed. Drop references
to it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas@biessmann.org>
Allow this to be unset, such that gd->mon_len is invalid. This seems to be
what the sh architecture does.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If bl_len is not aligned it can caused a problem because another code
expects that start is aligned.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Provide some documentation for the fields of struct of_bus, for
consistency with that provided for the new match field.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Support ISA busses in much the same way as Linux does. This allows for
ISA bus addresses to be translated, and only if CONFIG_OF_ISA_BUS is
selected in order to avoid including the code in builds which won't need
it.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add function boot_get_fpga() which find and load bitstream to
programmable logic if fpga entry is present.
Function is supported on Xilinx devices for full and partial bitstreams
in BIN and BIT format.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Remove additional blankline in image.h
Add FIT_FPGA_PROP that user can identify an optional
entry for fpga.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for the zynqmpimage to mkimage.
Only basic functionality is supported without encryption and register
initialization with one partition which is filled by U-Boot SPL.
For more detail information look at Xilinx ZynqMP TRM.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Support loading FIT in SPL for RAM bootmode.
CONFIG_SPL_LOAD_FIT_ADRESS points to address where FIT image is stored
in memory.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Call this function before passing control from SPL.
For fpga case it is necessary to enable for example level shifters
when bitstream is programmed.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The spl_parse_image_header() can return 0 and it is not an error.
Only treat non-zero return value as an error.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <van.freenix@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When FDT is not present in the image user doesn't get any error what's
wrong. Print error message if LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Seris-cc: uboot
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function returns an error code and its caller may be able to fix the
error. For example fit_handle_file() expands the device tree to fit if there
is a lack of space.
In this case the caller does not want an error displayed. It is confusing,
since it suggests that something is wrong, when it fact everything is fine.
Drop the error.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit 4f144a4164 "malloc: work around some memalign fragmentation
issues" enhanced memalign() so that it can succeed in more cases where
heap fragmentation is present. However, it did not solve as many cases
as it could. This patch enhances the code to cover more cases.
The alignment code works by allocating more space than the user requests,
then adjusting the returned pointer to achieve alignment. In general, one
must allocate "alignment" bytes more than the user requested in order to
guarantee that alignment is possible. This is what the original code does.
The previous enhancement attempted a second allocation if the padded
allocation failed, and succeeded if that allocation just happened to be
aligned; a fluke that happened often in practice. There are still cases
where this could fail, yet where it is still possible to honor the user's
allocation request. In particular, if the heap contains a free region that
is large enough for the user's request, and for leading padding to ensure
alignment, but has no or little space for any trailing padding. In this
case, we can make a third(!) allocation attempt after calculating exactly
the size of the leading padding required to achieve alignment, which is
the minimal over-allocation needed for the overall memalign() operation to
succeed if the third and second allocations end up at the same location.
This patch isn't checkpatch-clean, since it conforms to the existing
coding style in dlmalloc.c, which is different to the rest of U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Introduce the (optional) eeprom print and eeprom update commands.
These commands are eeprom layout aware:
* The eeprom print command prints the contents of the eeprom in a human
readable way (eeprom layout fields, and data formatted to be fit for human
consumption).
* The eeprom update command allows user to update eeprom fields by specifying
the field name, and providing the new data in a human readable format (same
format as displayed by the eeprom print command).
* Both commands can either auto detect the layout, or be told which layout to
use.
New CONFIG options:
CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM_LAYOUT - enables commands.
CONFIG_EEPROM_LAYOUT_HELP_STRING - tells user what layout names are supported
Feature API:
__weak int parse_layout_version(char *str)
- override to provide your own layout name parsing
__weak void __eeprom_layout_assign(struct eeprom_layout *layout, int layout_version);
- override to setup the layout metadata based on the version
__weak int eeprom_layout_detect(unsigned char *data)
- override to provide your own algorithm for detecting layout version
eeprom_field.c
- contains various printing and updating functions for common types of
eeprom fields. Can be used for defining custom layouts.
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Add a function that automatically builds the device name given the parent
and a supplied string. Most callers will want to do this, so putting this
functionality in one place makes more sense.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add driver-model block-device support to the SATA implementation. This is
just a dummy implementation for now, since the SATA low-level API uses
numbered devices and that doesn't fit with driver model.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the SATA command code includes both the command-processing code
and the core SATA functions and data structures.
Separate the latter into its own file, adding functions as needed to avoid
the command code accessing data structures directly.
With this commit:
- All CONFIG option are referenced from the non-command code
- The concept of a 'current SATA device' is confined to the command code
This will make it easier to convert this code to driver model.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the IDE command code includes both the command-processing code
and the core IDE functions and data structures.
Separate the latter into its own file, adding functions as needed to avoid
the command code accessing data structures directly.
With this commit:
- Most CONFIG option are referenced from the non-command code
- The concept of a 'current IDE device' is confined to the command code
This will make it easier to convert this code to driver model.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the SCSI command code includes both the command-processing code
and the core SCSI functions and data structures.
Separate the latter into its own file, adding functions as needed to avoid
the command code accessing data structures directly. This functions use the
new legacy block functions.
With this commit:
- There is no CONFIG option referenced from the command code
- The concept of a 'current SCSI device' is confined to the command code
This will make it easier to convert this code to driver model.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This option currently enables both the command and the SCSI functionality.
Rename the existing option to CONFIG_SCSI since most of the code relates
to the feature.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When defined, SPL will proceed to another boot method
if the image it has loaded does not have a signature.
This is useful if the subsequent boot methods are much
more complex.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Peng Fan <van.freenix@gmail.com>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Allow the spl_parse_image_header() to return value. This is convenient
for controlling the SPL boot flow if the loaded image is corrupted.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <van.freenix@gmail.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The code shouldn't continue probing the port if get_port_status() failed.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Chin Liang See <clsee@altera.com>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@opensource.altera.com>
Cc: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
The Kingston DT Ultimate USB 3.0 stick is sensitive to this first
Get Descriptor request and if the request is not in a separate
microframe, the stick refuses to operate. Add slight delay, which
is enough for one microframe to pass on any USB spec revision.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Chin Liang See <clsee@altera.com>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@opensource.altera.com>
Cc: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Some devices, like the SanDisk Cruzer Pop need some time to process
the Set Configuration request, so wait a little until they are ready.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Chin Liang See <clsee@altera.com>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@opensource.altera.com>
Cc: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
The pointer should always be inited to NULL, not zero (0). These are
two different things and not necessarily equal.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Chin Liang See <clsee@altera.com>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@opensource.altera.com>
Cc: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
For multiple ethernet interfaces the FDT offset of '/aliases' will change as we
are adding MAC addresses to the FDT.
Therefore only the first interface ('ethernet0') will get properly updated in
the FDT, with the rest getting FDT errors when we try to set their MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Lev Iserovich <iserovil@deshawresearch.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Remove several hundred lines of content surrounded by:
#if 0 /* Moved to malloc.h */
... moved stuff ...
#endif /* 0 */ /* Moved to malloc.h */
Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The error message "spl: mmc block read error" may come from two
different functions, so we should better annotate the function name
where the error comes from to help debugging.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Introduce env support for sata device.
1. Implement write_env/read_env/env_relocate_spec/saveenv/sata_get_env_dev
2. If want to enable this feature, define CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SATA, and
define CONFIG_SYS_SATA_ENV_DEV or implement your own sata_get_ev_dev.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <van.freenix@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Stuart Longland <stuartl@vrt.com.au>
Cc: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When 7bfc3b1 (sparse: Refactor chunk parsing function) was implemented,
it dropped 9981945 (aboot: fix block addressing for don't care chunk type).
This re-implements the required fix for the "don't care chunk type"...
Signed-off-by: Steve Rae <srae@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
If CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT is enabled and Linux image is not flashed at
RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR in MMC, spl still assumes that Linux is
available and tries to boot it and hangs. In order to avoid this,
adding a check to verify if parsed image header is of type IH_OS_LINUX.
If it fails then fall back to load u-boot image.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Patch to fix boot hang when using env on i2c eeprom caused by invalid gd->env_addr
Signed-off-by: Guy Thouret <guy.thouret@wems.co.uk>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
The dm usb_kbd_remove function() will deregister the usb keyboard for
us on a "usb reset" / "usb stop" so there is no need to manually call
usb_kbd_deregister() in the dm case.
This commit removes usb_kbd_deregister() in the dm case fixing the
following "usb reset" errors:
usb_kbd_remove: warning, ret=-6
device_remove: Device 'usb_kbd' failed to remove, but children are gone
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Patch f8bb6964 (Drop command-processing code when CONFIG_CMDLINE is
disabled) introduced a small typo. This patch fixes it and unbreaks
all boards again that don't have the Hush parser enabled.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add exclamation mark to the errmsg, when error and set_default_env.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <van.freenix@gmail.com>
Cc: Mario Schuknecht <mario.schuknecht@dresearch-fe.de>
Cc: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Cc: Jagan Teki <jteki@openedev.com>
Cc: Ravi Babu <ravibabu@ti.com>
Cc: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In case of #define DEBUG 1 (fordebugging SPL). A bug in
spl_nand_load_image() will be triggered, because it prints
using hw ecc regardless of soft ecc configurations and
initializations.
Signed-off-by: Ahmed Samir <engkhalil86@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Command parsing and processing code is not needed when the command line is
disabled. Remove this code in that case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Since commit b391d74 "debug_uart: output CR along with LF", the
handling in puts() is duplicated, not to mention that it should
output carriage return before line feed.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Minor change: chosen is written with one "o".
No code change here, only comment & printf.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Merkle <alexander.merkle@lauterbach.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When compiling the code for 64bit, the lcd code emits warnings because it
tries to cast pointers to 32bit values. Fix it by casting them to longs
instead, actually properly aligning with the function prototype.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
On some sunxi boards (and presumably also non sunxi boards) u-boot can
be either loaded from a sdcard in a micro-sd slot, or from eMMC.
Print which MMC spl tries to boot from, to help debugging.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The function spl_parse_image_header() falls back to a raw image
if the U-Boot header is missing and CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE
is undefined. While, mmc_load_image_raw_sector() only accepts a
U-Boot legacy image or an FIT image, preventing us from loading a
raw image.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This should return 0 on success, not 1. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These files do not need to be compiled when CONFIG_CMDLINE is disabled.
Update the Makefile to reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Normally board_run_command() will handle command processed. But if for some
reason it returns then we should panic to avoid further processing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This patch changes the USB port scanning procedure and timeout
handling in the following ways:
a)
The power-on delay in usb_hub_power_on() is now reduced to a value of
max(100ms, "hub->desc.bPwrOn2PwrGood * 2"). The code does not wait
using mdelay, instead usb_hub_power_on() will wait before querying
the device in the scanning loop later. The total timeout for this
hub, which is 1 second + "hub->desc.bPwrOn2PwrGood * 2" is calculated
and will be used in the following per-port scanning loop as the timeout
to detect active USB devices on this hub.
b)
Don't delay the minimum delay (for power to stabilize) in
usb_hub_power_on(). Instead skip querying these devices in the scannig
loop until the delay time is reached.
c)
The ports are now scanned in a quasi parallel way. The current code did
wait for each (unconnected) port to reach its timeout and only then
continue with the next port. This patch now changes this to scan all
ports of all USB hubs quasi simultaneously. For this, all ports are added
to a scanning list. This list is scanned until all ports are ready
by either a) reaching the connection timeout (calculated earlier), or
by b) detecting a USB device. This results in a faster USB scan time as
the recursive scanning of USB hubs connected to the hub that's currently
being scanned will start earlier.
One small functional change to the original code is, that ports with
overcurrent detection will now get rescanned multiple times
(PORT_OVERCURRENT_MAX_SCAN_COUNT).
Without this patch:
starting USB...
USB0: USB EHCI 1.00
scanning bus 0 for devices... 9 USB Device(s) found
time: 20.163 seconds
With this patch:
starting USB...
USB0: USB EHCI 1.00
scanning bus 0 for devices... 9 USB Device(s) found
time: 1.822 seconds
So ~18.3 seconds of USB scanning time reduction.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Debugging has shown, that all USB hubs are being reset twice while
USB scanning. This introduces additional delays and makes USB scanning
even more slow. Testing has shown that this 2nd USB hub reset doesn't
seem to be necessary.
This patch now removes this 2nd USB hub reset. Resulting in faster USB
scan time. Here the current numbers:
Without this patch:
=> time usb start
starting USB...
USB0: USB EHCI 1.00
scanning bus 0 for devices... 9 USB Device(s) found
time: 24.003 seconds
With this patch:
=> time usb start
starting USB...
USB0: USB EHCI 1.00
scanning bus 0 for devices... 9 USB Device(s) found
time: 20.392 seconds
So ~3.6 seconds of USB scanning time reduction.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This patch removes 2 mdelay(200) calls from usb_hub_port_connect_change().
These delays don't seem to be necessary. At least not in my tests. Here
the number for a custom x86 Bay Trail board (not in mainline yet) with
a quite large and complex USB hub infrastructure.
Without this patch:
starting USB...
USB0: USB EHCI 1.00
scanning bus 0 for devices... 9 USB Device(s) found
time: 28.415 seconds
With this patch:
starting USB...
USB0: USB EHCI 1.00
scanning bus 0 for devices... 9 USB Device(s) found
time: 24.003 seconds
So ~4.5 seconds of USB scanning time reduction.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Start with a short USB hub reset delay of 20ms. This can be enough for
some configurations.
The 2nd delay at the end of the loop is completely removed. Since the
delay hasn't been long enough, a longer delay time of 200ms is assigned
and will be used in the next loop round.
This hub reset handling is also used in the v4.4 Linux USB driver,
hub_port_reset().
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This reverts commit 71105f50fe.
The reverted commit was applied for a temporary to unbreak
few Exynos boards on the release.
After the discussion about the change, this commit should be avoided.
Fixed device-tree for Exynos, allows reverting it without any issues.
Signed-off-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present on x86 machines with use cache-as-RAM, the memory goes away just
before board_init_r() is called. This means that serial drivers are
no-longer unavailable, until initr_dm() it called, etc.
Any attempt to use printf() within this period will cause a hang.
To fix this, mark the serial devices as 'unavailable' when it is no-longer
available. Bring it back when serial_initialize() is called. This means that
the debug UART will be used instead for this period.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Commit 1057e6c broke use of the timer with driver model. If the timer is used
before relocation, then it becomes broken after relocation. This prevents
some x86 boards from booting. Fix it.
Fixes: 1057e6c (timer: Set up the real timer after driver model is available)
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Output the pointer returned by each call to malloc(). This can be useful
when debugging memory problems.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Fix "warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size".
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We have a nice framework around image fils to prepare a device tree
for OS execution. That one patches in missing device tree nodes and
fixes up the memory range bits.
We need to call that one from the EFI boot path too to get all those
nice fixups. This patch adds the call.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The EFI loader needs to maintain views of memory - general system memory
windows as well as used locations inside those and potential runtime service
MMIO windows.
To manage all of these, add a few helpers that maintain an internal
representation of the map the similar to how the EFI API later on reports
it to the application.
For allocations, the scheme is very simple. We basically allow allocations
to replace chunks of previously done maps, so that a new LOADER_DATA
allocation for example can remove a piece of the RAM map. When no specific
address is given, we just take the highest possible address in the lowest
RAM map that fits the allocation size.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
After booting has finished, EFI allows firmware to still interact with the OS
using the "runtime services". These callbacks live in a separate address space,
since they are available long after U-Boot has been overwritten by the OS.
This patch adds enough framework for arbitrary code inside of U-Boot to become
a runtime service with the right section attributes set. For now, we don't make
use of it yet though.
We could maybe in the future map U-boot environment variables to EFI variables
here.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The original name of this function is unclear. This patch renames this
CRC16 function to crc16_ccitt() matching its name with its
implementation.
To make the usage of this function more flexible, lets add the CRC start
value as parameter to this function. This way it can be used by other
functions requiring different start values than 0 as well.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
FIT image supports more than 32 bits in addresses by using #address-cell
field. Fixing 64-bit support by using this field.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
FIT image supports load address and entry address. Getting these
addresses can use a common function.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This provides a way to load a FIT containing U-Boot and a selection of device
tree files. The board can select the correct device tree by probing the
hardware. Then U-Boot is started with the selected device tree.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sometimes it is useful to obtain the short name for an Operating System,
architecture or compression mechanism. Provide functions for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add an option to enable libfdt in SPL. This can be useful when decoding
FIT files in SPL.
We need to make sure this option is not enabled in SPL by this change.
Also this option needs to be enabled in host builds. Si add a new
IMAGE_USE_LIBFDT #define which can be used in files that are built on the
host but must also build for U-Boot and SPL.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There are already two FIT options in Kconfig but the CONFIG options are
still in the header files. We need to do a proper move to fix this.
Move these options to Kconfig and tidy up board configuration:
CONFIG_FIT
CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
CONFIG_FIT_VERBOSE
CONFIG_OF_STDOUT_VIA_ALIAS
CONFIG_RSA
Unfortunately the first one is a little complicated. We need to make sure
this option is not enabled in SPL by this change. Also this option is
enabled automatically in the host builds by defining CONFIG_FIT in the
image.h file. To solve this, add a new IMAGE_USE_FIT #define which can
be used in files that are built on the host but must also build for U-Boot
and SPL.
Note: Masahiro's moveconfig.py script is amazing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Add microblaze change, various configs/ re-applies]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Update this code to support CONFIG_BLK. Each USB storage device can have
one or more block devices as children, each one representing a LUN
(logical unit) of the USB device.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Adjust a few things so that the addition of driver-models support involved
adding code rather than also changing it. This makes the patches easier to
review.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
The limit on storage devices is USB_MAX_STOR_DEV but we use one extra
element while probing to see if a device is a storage device. Avoid this,
since it causes memory corruption.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
To ease conversion to driver model, add helper functions which deal with
calling each block device method. With driver model we can reimplement these
functions with the same arguments.
Use inline functions to avoid increasing code size on some boards.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
This is a device number, and we want to use 'dev' to mean a driver model
device. Rename the member.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Rename three partition functions so that they start with part_. This makes
it clear what they relate to.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Rename this function to blk_get_device_part_str(). This is a better name
because it makes it clear that the function returns a block device and
parses a string.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
The current name is too generic. Add a 'blk_' prefix to aid searching and
make its purpose clearer.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Use 'struct' instead of a typdef. Also since 'struct block_dev_desc' is long
and causes 80-column violations, rename it to struct blk_desc.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
This is an enhancement that permits storing the environment file on an
EXT4 partition such as the root filesystem. It is based on the existing
FAT environment file code.
Following the previous patch, malloc() is never called before gd is set,
so we can remove the special-case check for this condition.
This reverts commit 854d2b9753 "dlmalloc: ensure gd is set for early
alloc".
Cc: Rabin Vincent <rabin@rab.in>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When using the early timer, we need to manually trigger setting up the
real timer. This will not happen automatically. Do this immediately after
starting driver model.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 84ca65aa4b.
On signature verification failures fit_image_verify() should NOT exit with
error. Only keys marked 'required' can cause image verification failure.
This logic is already there and works correctly.
Add a comment to make this clear.
Fixes: 84ca65aa (image-fit: Fix signature checking)
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A recent change broke the 'bootm' command on sandbox. The root cause is
using a pointer as an address. Conversion from pointer to address needs to
use map_to_sysmem() so that sandbox can do the right thing. The problem was
pre-existing but uncovered by a recent commit.
Fix this. Also move fit_get_end() to the C file to avoid needing to include
mapmem.h (and thus asm/io.h) everywhere.
Fixes: 1fec3c5d (common/image.c: Make boot_get_ramdisk() perform a check for Android images)
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since commit fd61d39970:
spl: mmc: add break statements in spl_mmc_load_image()
RAW and FS boot modes are now exclusive again. So, if MMCSD_MODE_RAW fails, the
board hangs. This patch allows to try MMCSD_MODE_FS then.
It has been tested on a beaglebone black to boot on an EXT partition.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet@free.fr>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Cc: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Matwey V. Kornilov <matwey.kornilov@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
$ make tools-all
...
In file included from tools/env/env_flags.c:1:0:
tools/env/../../common/env_flags.c: In function
‘env_flags_parse_varaccess_from_binflags’:
tools/env/../../common/env_flags.c:156:18: warning: implicit declaration
of function ‘ARRAY_SIZE’ [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(env_flags_varaccess_mask); i++)
^
Seems like the other utilities just add a copy of ARRAY_SIZE since
there's nowhere to include it from (tools/imagetool.h,
tools/mxsimage.h). Let's do the same here.
Signed-off-by: Lubomir Rintel <lkundrak@v3.sk>
Boards with a saved environment may use 'lcd' in their stdout environment
variable, expecting that this will enable output to the LCD. When the board
moves to use driver model for video, this will no-longer work. Add a
work-around to fix this. A warning messages is printed, and we will remove
the work-around at the end of 2016.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
This commit breaks bootup on sunxi boards, the get stuck
when running the main u-boot binary at:
CPU: Allwinner H3 (SUN8I)
I2C: ready
DRAM:
This reverts commit 8e7cba048b.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Commit 9c11135ce0 ("image: fix getenv_bootm_size() function") fixed
the case where "bootm_low" is defined, but "bootm_size" is not.
Instead, it broke the case where neither "bootm_low" nor "bootm_size"
is defined. Fix this function again.
Fixes: 9c11135ce0 ("image: fix getenv_bootm_size() function")
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Tested-by: Matthias Weisser <m.weisser.m@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Hannes Schmelzer <oe5hpm@oevsv.at>
The recent change to memalign() caused the allocation failure detection
code to be dead code; the "retry" logic is always activated under the same
condition that the original failure detection code is, and also fully
handles any possible failures. This patch solves the presence of dead
code.
Two alternatives are possible:
a) Delete the now-dead test, and rely on the "retry" path to handle any
allocation problems, as it does.
b) Make the "retry" path fall through to the existing (currently dead)
failure detection code, thus making it not-dead.
(b) was chosen since it reduces the diff between U-Boot's and the upstream
dlmalloc. This should make it marginally easier to import a new version of
dlmalloc in the future.
Reported by: Coverity Scan
Fixes: 4f144a4164 ("malloc: work around some memalign fragmentation issues")
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The case of memory of size 0 is not that different from a memory of any other
size, so we remove the duplicate code and treat the small differences when it
is the case.
Signed-off-by: Eddy Petrișor <eddy.petrisor@gmail.com>
Add trivial support for changing the U-Boot command prompt string
by setting PS1 and PS2 environment variables. Only static variables
are supported.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Pull the code which displays U-Boot prompt and reads the command line
into a separate function. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Correct spelling of "U-Boot" shall be used in all written text
(documentation, comments in source files etc.).
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
The x86 build target "efi-x86" has no TEXT_BASE configured. And with the
introduction of CONFIG_BOOTDELAY for x86, this function is now called
for this board as well. Resulting in compile errors for this target.
Without TEXT_BASE it makes no sense to fill these values. So lets only
configure the env variable if TEXT_BASE is defined.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Use of memalign can trigger fragmentation issues such as:
// Internally, this needs to find a free block quite bit larger than s.
// Once the free region is found, any unaligned "padding" immediately
// before and after the block is marked free, so that the allocation
// takes only s bytes (plus malloc header overhead).
p = memalign(a, s);
// If there's little fragmentation so far, this allocation is likely
// located immediately after p.
p2 = malloc(x);
free(p);
// In theory, this should return the same value for p. However, the hole
// left by the free() call is only s in size (plus malloc header overhead)
// whereas memalign searches for a larger block in order to guarantee it
// can adjust the returned pointer to the alignment requirements. Hence,
// the pointer returned, if any, won't be p. If there's little or no space
// left after p2, this allocation will fail.
p = memalign(a, s);
In practice, this issue occurs when running the "dfu" command repeatedly
on NVIDIA Tegra boards, since DFU allocates a large 32M data buffer, and
then initializes the USB controller. If this is the first time USB has
been used in the U-Boot session, this causes a probe of the USB driver,
which causes various allocations, including a strdup() of a GPIO name
when requesting the VBUS GPIO. When DFU is torn down, the USB driver
is left probed, and hence its memory is left allocated. If "dfu" is
executed again, allocation of the 32M data buffer fails as described
above.
In practice, there is a memory hole exactly large enough to hold the 32M
data buffer than DFU needs. However, memalign() can't know that in a
general way. Given that, it's particularly annoying that the allocation
fails!
The issue is that memalign() tries to allocate something larger to
guarantee the ability to align the returned pointer. This patch modifies
memalign() so that if the "general case" over-sized allocation fails,
another allocation is attempted, of the exact size the user desired. If
that allocation just happens to be aligned in the way the user wants,
(and in the case described above, it will be, since the free memory
region is located where a previous identical allocation was located),
the pointer can be returned.
This patch is somewhat related to 806bd245b1 "dfu: don't keep
freeing/reallocating". That patch worked around the issue by removing
repeated free/memalign within a single execution of "dfu". However,
the same technique can't be applied across multiple invocations, since
there's no reason to keep the DFU buffer allocated while DFU isn't
running. This patch addresses the root-cause a bit more directly.
This problem highlights some of the disadvantages of dynamic allocation
and deferred probing of devices.
This patch isn't checkpatch-clean, since it conforms to the existing
coding style in dlmalloc.c, which is different to the rest of U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
It might be missed when converting spi_flash_probe() in cmd_sf.c.
This patch refers to commit fbb099183e ("dm: Convert
spi_flash_probe() and 'sf probe' to use driver model").
Signed-off-by: Gong Qianyu <Qianyu.Gong@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Scan code 0x39 is CapsLock, which is not a printable character and thus
is not covered by either usb_kbd_numkey_shifted[] or usb_kbd_numkey[].
Fix the scan code check to avoid looking it up in either of the arrays.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
clang-3.8 reports that these functions are unused, remove them. As this
is the last part of CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG, drop that from README.
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This enables boards to choose where to/from the environment should be
saved/loaded. They can then for example support using the same device
(dynamically) from which the bootloader was launched to load and save
env data and do not have to define CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV statically.
In my use case, the environment needs to be on the same device I
booted from. It can be the eMMC or an optional SD card.
I therefore would override mmc_get_env_dev in the board code, read the
CPU registers to determine where we booted from and return the
corresponding device index.
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Cc: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Clemens Gruber <clemens.gruber@pqgruber.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Variable _load_end_ points to end address of uncompressed buffer
(*not* uncomress_buffer_end / sizeof(ulong)), so multipling uncompressed
size with sizeof(ulong) is grossly incorrect in flush_cache().
It might lead to access of address beyond valid memory range and hang the CPU.
Tested on MIPS architecture by using compressed(gzip, lzma)
and uncompressed uImage.
Signed-off-by: Purna Chandra Mandal <purna.mandal@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
There are a lot of unrelated files in common, including all of the commands.
Moving them into their own directory makes them easier to find and is more
logical.
Some commands include non-command code, such as cmd_scsi.c. This should be
sorted out at some point so that the function can be enabled with or without
the associated command.
Unfortunately, with m68k I get this error:
m68k: + M5329AFEE
+arch/m68k/cpu/mcf532x/start.o: In function `_start':
+arch/m68k/cpu/mcf532x/start.S:159:(.text+0x452): relocation truncated to fit: R_68K_PC16 against symbol `board_init_f' defined in .text.board_init_f section in common/built-in.o
I hope someone can shed some light on what this means. I hope it isn't
depending on the position of code in the image.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Acked-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Acked-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com>
The testpattern of the lcd was only working in 8bit mode(2x3 tiles in
different colors). With this patch now 8bit and 16bit is supported.
In 16bit mode there are 2x4 tiles in different colors.
The number of LCD-colors is defined in the include/configs/<boardfile>.h
Signed-off-by: Andreas Neubacher <neubacher.andreas@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
At present there is no indication that an invalid GPIO is used except that
the GPIO status is not displayed. Make the error more explicit to avoid
confusion.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is convenient to be able to see the status of all regulators in a list.
Add this feature to the 'reg status' command.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that driver model support is available, convert sandbox over to use it.
We can remove a few of the special hooks that sandbox currently has.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Register video drivers with stdio so that they can be used for text output.
This needs to be done explicitly for now. At some point we should be able to
convert stdio itself to driver model and avoid this step.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
This command can use the bitmap display code in the uclass. This is similar
to the code in lcd.c and cfb_console.c. These other copies will go away when
all boards are converted to use driver model for video.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Before relocation we need to reserve memory for the video driver frame
buffers so that they can use this memory when they start up (after
relocation). Add a call to the uclass to permit this.
The current top and bottom of the region is stored in global_data so that
it can be checked post-relocation to ensure enough memory is available. No
video device should be probed before relocation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
These two functions are conceptually the same. Move them together in the
pre-relocation init.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
The LCD functions and definitions are not used with the driver model video
uclass. When all boards are converted over we can remove the file. For now,
use #ifdef to omit the contents.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
This reverts commit 3e303f748c.
The fix up in the /aliases node does not work under the following
scenarios:
- Not every non-DM serial driver was written to have a driver name
that conforms the format of "serial%d" or "eserial%d".
- With driver model serial, the stdio_devices[] stores the serial
device node name in the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We can define this in the header file and use it in usb_storage.c. There is
no need to define it twice. Remove the #define from usb_storage.c.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Adjust this command to use map_sysmem() correctly so that it works on
sandbox.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We should not return a -ve error code from command functions. Instead,
return CMD_RET_FAILURE. This avoids the "exit not allowed from main input
shell" error messages from the hush shell.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
In a number of places we had wordings of the GPL (or LGPL in a few
cases) license text that were split in such a way that it wasn't caught
previously. Convert all of these to the correct SPDX-License-Identifier
tag.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Currently, this function returns wrong size if "bootm_low" is defined,
but "bootm_size" is not.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We support max USB_MAXENDPOINTS, so need to use
"epno >= USB_MAXENDPOINTS", but not "epno > USB_MAXENDPOINTS".
If use ">", we may exceeds the array of if_desc->ep_desc.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Cc: "Stefan Brüns" <stefan.bruens@rwth-aachen.de>
Cc: Vincent Palatin <vpalatin@chromium.org>
Commit ecc30663 ("Fix board init code to respect the C runtime environment")
breaks x86. This was mentioned on https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/548644
but not addressed. Correct it so that x86 boards boot again.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With format-security errors turned on, GCC picks up the use of sprintf with
a format parameter not being a string literal.
Simple uses of sprintf are also converted to use strcpy.
Signed-off-by: Ben Whitten <ben.whitten@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We should use ARRAY_SIZE, but not sizeof. The size of
env_flags_varaccess_mask is 16bytes, but we only need 4 loops.
If using 16 as the end condition, we may access memory that
not belong to array env_flags_varaccess_mask.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Report Coverity log:
Destination buffer too small (STRING_OVERFLOW)
string_overflow: You might overrun the 1024 byte destination string
lastcommand by writing 1025 bytes from console_buffer
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <van.freenix@gmail.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a 'poweroff' command to boot commands, this only gets enabled if the
board Kconfig does a "select CMD_POWEROFF".
Signed-off-by: Michael van Slingerland <michael@deviousops.nl>
[hdegoede@redhat.com: Make the cmd conditional on a CMD_POWEROFF Kconfig]
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Extend the ums command to accept a list of block devices. Each of these
will be exported as a separate LUN. An example use-case would be:
ums 0 mmc 0,0.1,0.2
... which would export LUNs for eMMC 0's user data, boot0, and boot1 HW
partitions. This is useful since it allows the host access to everything
on the eMMC without having to somehow stop the ums command from executing
and restart it with different parameters.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This will allow us to have multiple block device structs each referring
to the same eMMC device, yet different HW partitions.
For now, there is still a single block device per eMMC device. As before,
this block device always accesses whichever HW partition was most recently
selected. Clients wishing to make use of multiple block devices referring
to different HW partitions can simply take a copy of this block device
once it points at the correct HW partition, and use each one as they wish.
This feature will be used by the next patch.
In the future, perhaps get_device() could be enhanced to return a
dynamically allocated block device struct, to avoid the client needing to
copy it in order to maintain multiple block devices. However, this would
require all users to be updated to free those block device structs at some
point, which is rather a large change.
Most callers of mmc_switch_part() wish to permanently switch the default
MMC block device's HW partition. Enhance mmc_switch_part() so that it does
this. This removes the need for callers to do this. However,
common/env_mmc.c needs to save and restore the current HW partition. Make
it do this more explicitly.
Replace use of mmc_switch_part() with mmc_select_hwpart() in order to
remove duplicate code that skips the call if that HW partition is already
selected.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This will allow the implementation to make use of data in the block_dev
structure beyond the base device number. This will be useful so that eMMC
block devices can encompass the HW partition ID rather than treating this
out-of-band. Equally, the existence of the priv field is crying out for
this patch to exist.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As of gcc 5.2.1 for Thumb-1, it is not possible any
more to assign gd from C code, as gd is mapped to r9,
and r9 may now be saved in the prolog sequence, and
restored in the epilog sequence, of any C functions.
Therefore arch_setup_gd(), which is supposed to set
r9, may actually have no effect, causing U-Boot to
use a bad address to access GD.
Fix this by never calling arch_setup_gd() for ARM,
and instead setting r9 in arch/arm/lib/crt0.S, to
the value returned by board_init_f_alloc_reserve().
Signed-off-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
board_init_f_mem() alters the C runtime environment's
stack it is actually already using. This is not a valid
behaviour within a C runtime environment.
Split board_init_f_mem into C functions which do not alter
their own stack and always behave properly with respect to
their C runtime environment.
Signed-off-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Acked-by: Thomas Chou <thomas@wytron.com.tw>
The function hash_show is now only called by hash_command, so mark it as
static (and drop from hash.h). We only call hash_command when any of
CONFIG_CMD_CRC32, CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM or CONFIG_CMD_HASH are set. Since
hash.c is linked in unconditionally we must take extra care with
functions that bring in read-only strings as these will not be
discarded.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
To boot Linux, we should prevent Initramdisk and FDT from going too
high.
Currently, boot_relocate_fdt() checks "fdt_high" environment first,
and then falls back to getenv_bootm_mapsize() + getenv_bootm_low()
if "fdt_high" is missing.
On the other hand, boot_ramdisk_high() only checks "initrd_high" to
get the address limit for the Initramdisk. We also want to let this
case fall back to getenv_bootm_mapsize() + getenv_bootm_low().
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Adjust the SCSI command to use driver model for its PCI interface.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Most driver model PCI functions have a dm_ prefix. At some point, when the
old code is converted to driver model and the old functions are removed, we
will drop that prefix.
For consistency, we should use the dm_ prefix for all driver model
functions. Update pci_bus_find_bdf() accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Since 51209b1f42 ("Use common mtest iteration counting"),
do_mem_mtest has always reported 0 errors and hence returned 0, even
if errors were detected. Fix the helpers mem_test_alt() and
mem_test_quick() to return the number of errors found.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Commit: dm: core: Enable optional use of fdt_translate_address()
Enables use of this function as default, but after this it's not
possible to get dev address for the case in which: '#size-cells == 0'
This causes errors when getting address for some GPIOs, for which
the '#size-cells' is set to 0.
Example error:
'__of_translate_address: Bad cell count for gpx0'
Allowing for that case by modifying the macro 'OF_CHECK_COUNTS',
(called from )__of_translate_address(), fixes the issue.
Now, this macro doesn't check, that '#size-cells' is greater than 0.
This is possible from the specification point of view, but I'm not sure
that it doesn't introduce a regression for other configs.
Please test and share the results.
Tested-on: Odroid U3, Odroid X2, Odroid XU3, Sandbox.
Signed-off-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Tested-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
At present USB keyboards are not properly removed with driver model. Add the
code to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The current limit of 5 is not enough for the driver model USB tests. Really
we should not have a limit but the driver model code still uses the
usb_dev_desc[] array, which has a limit.
Increasing the limit by 2 should not bother anyone. Adjust it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Use snprintf to replace sprintf.
Coverity log:
"
Unbounded source buffer (STRING_SIZE)
string_size: Passing string init_val of unknown size to sprintf.
"
Reported-by: Coverity
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Before calling hsearch_r, initialize callback entry to NULL.
Coverity log:
"
Uninitialized scalar variable (UNINIT)
uninit_use_in_call: Using uninitialized value e.
Field e.callback is uninitialized when calling hsearch_r.
"
Reported-by: Coverity
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Whether CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER is defined or not, should always
check to free 'buff' to avoid memory leak.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Start split and complete split tokens need the hub address and the
downstream port of the first HS hub (device view).
The core of the function was duplicated in both host/ehci_hcd and
musb-new/usb-compat.h.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Brüns <stefan.bruens@rwth-aachen.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
The configuration descriptor includes all interface, endpoint and
auxiliary descriptors (e.g. report, union) so 512 bytes may not be enough.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Brüns <stefan.bruens@rwth-aachen.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently in fdt_fixup_ethernet() the MAC address fix up is
handled in a loop of which the exit condition is to test the
"eth%daddr" env is not NULL. However this creates unnecessary
constrains that those "eth%daddr" env variables must be
sequential even if "ethernet%d" does not start from 0 in the
"/aliases" node. For example, with "/aliases" node below:
aliases {
ethernet3 = &enet3;
ethernet4 = &enet4;
};
"ethaddr", "eth1addr", "eth2addr" must exist in order to fix
up ethernet3's MAC address successfully.
Now we change the loop logic to iterate the properties in the
"/aliases" node. For each property, test if it is in a format
of "ethernet%d", then get its MAC address from corresponding
"eth%daddr" env and fix it up in the dtb.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
On OMAP4 Panda (+v4.3 kernel)
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In fdt_fixup_ethernet() only "usbethaddr" is handled to fix up the
first usb ethernet port MAC address. Other additional usb ethernet
ports are ignored as there is no logic to handle "usbeth%daddr".
It is suggested we should use "ethaddr" for all ethernet devices.
Hence deprecate "usbethaddr" usage in fdt_fixup_ethernet().
This actually reverts commit b1f49ab8c7
"ARM: fdt support: Add usbethaddr as an acceptable MAC".
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
On OMAP4 Panda (+ v4.3 kernel)
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL_VIA_CONTROL_EP is enabled, use a
GET_REPORT control transfer to retrieve the initial state of the
keyboard. This matches the technique used to poll the keyboard state.
This is useful since it eliminates the remaining use of interrupt
transfers from the USB keyboard driver, which allows it to work with
USB HCD that don't support interrupt transfers.
Cc: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
This fixes commit 1a37889b0a:
----------------------->8--------------------
eeprom: Pull out the RW loop
Unify the code for doing read/write into single function, since the
code for both the read and write is almost identical. This again
trims down the code duplication.
----------------------->8--------------------
where the same one routine is utilized for both EEPROM writing and
reading. The only difference was supposed to be a "read" flag which
in both cases was set with 1 somehow.
That lead to a missing delay in case of writing which lead to write
failure (in my case no data was written).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
LS1043ARDB Secure Boot Target from NOR has been added.
- Configs defined to enable esbc_validate.
- ESBC Address in header is made 64 bit.
- SMMU is re-configured in Bypass mode.
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Bansal <aneesh.bansal@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
As the name may be confusing, the CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE reserves
some memory from the end of ram, tracked by gd->ram_size. It is not
always the top of u-boot visible memory. Rewrite the macro with a
weak function to provide flexibility for complex calcuation. Legacy
use of this macro is still supported.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Secure memory is at the end of memory, separated and reserved
from OS, tracked by gd->secure_ram. Secure memory can host
MMU tables, security monitor, etc. This is different from PRAM
used to reserve private memory. PRAM offers memory at the top
of u-boot memory, not necessarily the real end of memory for
systems with very large DDR. Using the end of memory simplifies
MMU setup and avoid memory fragmentation.
"bdinfo" command shows gd->secure_ram value if this memory is
marked as secured.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
In order to support boot from multiple devices through board_boot_order,
it's necessary to use the block number of a device.
The use of a hard-coded 0 for the device number also creates a need
to re-order block devices for use in SPL like this:
http://git.denx.de/?p=u-boot.git;a=blob;f=board/freescale/mx6slevk/mx6slevk.c;hb=HEAD#l195
Signed-off-by: Eric Nelson <eric@nelint.com>
Unfortunately U-Boot assumes that almost all numbers are in hex, including
partition numbers passed to e.g. "load". So, the command "part list mmc 0
-bootable devplist" should use hex when writing partition numbers into
$devplist, so they'll be correctly interpreted.
Change-Id: I9a70b19749643876baadb45efbc3decaef8bfee2
Fixes: 0798d6fd41 ("part: Add support for list filtering on bootable partitions")
Cc: Sjoerd Simons <sjoerd.simons@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Sjoerd Simons <sjoerd.simons@collabora.co.uk>
For a simple static string, use panic_str() which prevents calling
printf needlessly.
Signed-off-by: Sjoerd Simons <sjoerd.simons@collabora.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
VxWorks 7 kernels retrieve 'local-mac-addr' from dtb and use
that for NIC MAC address. As a result, when booting the same
kernel image on multiple boards, there will be address
conflicts.
So fixup MAC address when booting VxWorks 7 kernels
Signed-off-by: Miao Yan <yanmiaobest@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
With driver model timer support, there should not be an explict
call to timer_init(). Remove this call for x86.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently OF_BAD_ADDR is always -1ULL. When using OF_BAD_ADDR as the
return value of dev_get_addr(), it creates potential size mismatch
as dev_get_addr() uses FDT_ADDR_T_NONE as the return value which can
be either -1U or -1ULL depending on CONFIG_PHYS_64BIT. Now we change
OF_BAD_ADDR to FDT_ADDR_T_NONE to avoid such case.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Now that we may compile (but not link) code calling fixup_cmdtable when
this is not set, we need to always have the declaration available. We
should also make sure that anyone calling the function includes
<command.h> as that's where the function declaration is.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Subcommands contain pointers to functions which are not updated when
MANUAL_RELOC is enabled. This patch fix it.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Don't relocate fdt in case of CONFIG_OF EMBED as the fdt is
already embedded with u-boot image.
Update fdt_blob after relocation as the fdt will be copied
during u-boot relocation.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com> (QEMU x86)
Tested-by: Thomas Chou <thomas@wytron.com.tw> (Nios2)
Acked-by: Thomas Chou <thomas@wytron.com.tw>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is risky to have two different functions with much the same code. Future
authors may update one but not the other. It is hard to see which parts are
the same and which are different.
Unify the functions and drop the differences that are not really needed.
Note that one puts() becomes printf() as Tom mentioned that this does not
affect image size:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/537276/
Note: It would be better to have an empty printf() and avoid the #ifdef for
CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The 'p' suffix makes it more obvious that we are dealing with a pointer
to a (pointer) value that will be returned to its caller.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Since commit 4188ba3 we get the following warning on rockchip boards:
common/spl/spl_mmc.c:31:24: warning: ‘mmc’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
count = mmc->block_dev.block_read(0, sector, 1, header);
^
common/spl/spl_mmc.c:251:14: note: ‘mmc’ was declared here
struct mmc *mmc;
Correct this by move the variable init earlier.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Need to free memory avoid memory leak, when error.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <Peng.Fan@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When CONFIG_SPL_OF_TRANSLATE is enabled fdt_support.c needs to get
compiled. Otherwise fdt_translate_address() is missing which is needed
in dev_get_addr().
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The following code will alloc memory for new_dev and ldev:
"
new_dev = mdio_alloc();
ldev = malloc(sizeof(*ldev));
"
Either new_dev or ldev is NULL, directly return, but this may leak memory.
So before return, using free(ldev) and mdio_free(new_dev) to avoid
leaking memory, also free can handle NULL pointer.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <Peng.Fan@freescale.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
"enable" is unsigned char type and its value will not be
negative, so discard "enable < 0".
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <Peng.Fan@freescale.com>
Cc: Diego Santa Cruz <Diego.SantaCruz@spinetix.com>
Cc: Pantelis Antoniou <pantelis.antoniou@konsulko.com>
Cc: Andrew Gabbasov <andrew_gabbasov@mentor.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The entry name of mii_dev is an array not pointer, so
no need to check.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <Peng.Fan@freescale.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
If condition of "(load == image_start || load == image_data)" is true,
should use "fdt_addr = load;", but not "fdt_blob = (char *)image_data;",
or fdt_blob will be overridden by "fdt_blob = map_sysmem(fdt_addr, 0);"
at the end of the switch case.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <Peng.Fan@freescale.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Max Krummenacher <max.krummenacher@toradex.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Suriyan Ramasami <suriyan.r@gmail.com>
Cc: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Condition "(value == NULL && ++value == NULL)" actully will
always return false.
Instead, use condition "(value == NULL || *(value + 1) == 0)" to detect
such expression "c=". To "c=", *(value + 1) is 0, so directly return -1,
but not continue.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <Peng.Fan@freescale.com>
Cc: Rabin Vincent <rabin@rab.in>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixed the prom_relocate() function in start.S file by reserving memory in
the board_init_f sequence and saving the offset to the __prom_start_reloc
variable. This value is used as the destination when relocating the PROM.
Add the prom_init() function to the end of the board_init_r sequence.
Signed-off-by: Francois Retief <fgretief@spaceteq.co.za>
Introduce the CONFIG_SYS_TIMER_* macros in include/asm/config.h to make use
of the generic timer infrastructure in lib/time.c.
Created a timer_init() function to initialize the timer hardware and update
the #ifdef in board_init_f to allow this function to be called during the
start-up sequence.
Signed-off-by: Francois Retief <fgretief@spaceteq.co.za>
Initial ground work in preperation for generic board initialization
code for the SPARC architecture.
Signed-off-by: Francois Retief <fgretief@spaceteq.co.za>
This reverts commit 05bfe13210.
As discussed on the list, we already have the needed functionality by
defining CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV, CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
and adding custom overwrite_console() in the board code.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Adjust this command to use the correct PCI functions, instead of the
compatibility layer.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
We want to share this code with the driver model version, so put it in a
separate function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
In the 'pci' command, add a separate variable to hold the PCI device. When
this code is converted to driver model, this variable will be used to hold a
struct udevice instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Currently we use switch() and access PCI configuration via several
functions, one for each data size. Adjust the code to use generic functions,
where the data size is a parameter.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The function comments use an old style and some are incorrect. Update them.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Before converting this to driver model, reorder the code to avoid forward
function declarations.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This function uses macros to output data. It seems better to use a table of
registers rather than macro-based code generation. It also reduces the
code/data size by 2KB on ARM.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present in do_pci(), bdf can either mean a bus number or a PCI bus number.
Use separate variables instead to reduce confusion.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This is not supported with driver model, so print a message instead of
generating a build error. Rescanning PCI is not yet implemented.
This function will be implemented later once some additional PCI driver
model improvements are merged. It was confirmed on the mailing list
that no one on the tegra side will miss this feature, so it is disabled
for tegra.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
At present bootstage will try to read the timer very early after relocation.
When driver model is used to provide the timer, we cannot read it until
driver model is ready. Correct this by adding a separate stage for the
post-relocation bootstage init.
This fixes booting on chromebook_link.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Thomas Chou <thomas@wytron.com.tw>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
The optional parameter bootable is added in gpt command to set the
partition attribute flag "Legacy BIOS bootable"
This flag is used in extlinux and so in with distro to select
the boot partition where is located the configuration file
(please check out doc/README.distro for details).
With this parameter, U-Boot can be used to create the boot partition
needed for device using distro.
example of use:
setenv partitions "name=u-boot,size=60MiB;name=boot,size=60Mib,bootable;\
name=rootfs,size=0"
> gpt write mmc 0 $partitions
> part list mmc 0
Partition Map for MMC device 0 -- Partition Type: EFI
Part Start LBA End LBA Name
Attributes
Type GUID
Partition GUID
1 0x00000022 0x0001e021 "u-boot"
attrs: 0x0000000000000000
type: ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
guid: cceb0b18-39cb-d547-9db7-03b405fa77d4
2 0x0001e022 0x0003c021 "boot"
attrs: 0x0000000000000004
type: ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
guid: d4981a2b-0478-544e-9607-7fd3c651068d
3 0x0003c022 0x003a9fde "rootfs"
attrs: 0x0000000000000000
type: ebd0a0a2-b9e5-4433-87c0-68b6b72699c7
guid: 6d6c9a36-e919-264d-a9ee-bd00379686c7
> part list mmc 0 -bootable devplist
> printenv devplist
devplist=2
Then the distro scripts will search extlinux in partition 2
and not in the first partition.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay73@gmail.com>
This commit adds support for "gpt verify" command, which verifies
correctness of on-board stored GPT partition table.
As the optional parameter one can provide '$partitons' environment variable
to check if partition data (size, offset, name) is correct.
This command should be regarded as complementary one to "gpt restore".
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@majess.pl>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com>
Exactly the same check is performed in set_gpt_info() function executed
just after this check.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@majess.pl>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This patch adds a small printf() version that supports all basic formats.
Its intented to be used in U-Boot SPL versions on platforms with very
limited internal RAM sizes.
To enable it, just define CONFIG_USE_TINY_PRINTF in your defconfig. This
will result in the SPL using this tiny function and the main U-Boot
still using the full-blown printf() function.
This code was copied from:
http://www.sparetimelabs.com/printfrevisited
With mostly only coding style related changes so that its checkpatch
clean.
The size reduction is about 2.5KiB. Here a comparison for the db-mv784mp-gp
(Marvell AXP) SPL:
Without this patch:
58963 18536 1928 79427 13643 ./spl/u-boot-spl
With this patch:
56542 18536 1956 77034 12cea ./spl/u-boot-spl
Note:
To make it possible to compile tiny-printf.c instead of vsprintf.c when
CONFIG_USE_TINY_PRINTF is defined, the functions printf() and vprintf() are
moved from common/console.c into vsprintf.c in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Albert Aribaud <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Change some comments to match the U-Boot coding style rules.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As done in commit da229e4e [sandbox: Drop special-case sandbox console code],
this patch drops the sandbox special-case code in vprintf() that was
missed by Simon at that time.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cosmetic fixes to the file, make it checkpatch clean.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Add additional parameter into the eeprom command to select
the I2C bus on which the eeprom resides.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Add bus argument to eeprom_init(), so that it can select
the I2C bus number on which the eeprom resides. Any negative
value of the $bus argument will preserve the old behavior.
This is in place so that old code does not randomly break.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
[trini: Wrap i2c_set_bus_num() call with CONFIG_SYS_I2C test]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Unify the code for doing read/write into single function, since the
code for both the read and write is almost identical. This again
trims down the code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Pull out the code which computes the length of the transfer
into separate code and clean it up a little. This again trims
down the code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Implement default value of 8 for this macro and pull out all of
this macro out of the code. The default value of 8 actually does
implement exactly the same behavior as the previous code which
was in the #else clause of the ifdef.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Just suck the ugly ifdef around eeprom_init() call into eeprom_init()
function itself. This puts all of the ifdef mess into one place.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Pull this macro to the beginning of the cmd_eeprom.c and remove
another nasty ifdef from the code. Note that this is legal, since
udelay(0) changes the behavior only such that it pings the WDT if
WDT is enabled and otherwise does not wait.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Make this function weak and implement it's weak implementation
so that the boards can just reimplement it. This zaps the horrid
CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_WREN macro.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Pull out the code computing the EEPROM address into separate function
so that it's not duplicated.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Pull out the code which does the I2C or SPI read/write, so that
the beefy ifdef around it is contained in a single function.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This macro is no longer used, so just reap it.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Remove this function as it's no longer used.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Now that the only user of CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_X40430 was removed,
remove this unused code from cmd_eeprom.c
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This option only complicates the code unnecessarily, just use
CONFIG_SYS_DEF_EEPROM_ADDR as the default address if there are
only five arguments to eeprom {read/write} if this is defined.
If CONFIG_SYS_DEF_EEPROM_ADDR is not defined, we mandate all
six arguments.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Just move the code around so that the forward declarations are not
necessary. Also zap a few checkpatch issues where applicable and
zap the use of #ifdef CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM in the code, since this is
always true.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
It is useful to be able to record console output and provide console input
via a buffer. This provides sandbox with the ability to run a command and
check its output. If the console is set to silent then no visible output
is generated.
This also provides a means to fix the problem where tests produce unwanted
output, such as errors or warnings. This can be confusing. We can instead
set the console to silent and record this output. It can be checked later
in the test if required.
It is possible that this may prove useful for non-test situations. For
example the console output may be suppressed for normal operations, but
recorded and stored for access by the OS. That feature is not implemented
at present.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The console includes a global variable and several functions that are only
used by a small subset of U-Boot files. Before adding more functions, move
the definitions into their own header file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently the USB tests take around two seconds to run. Remove these
unnecessary time delays so that the tests run quickly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As mark_bootstage() uses timer, it should go after driver model
is initialized.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Chou <thomas@wytron.com.tw>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When driver model is used for keyboards we must scan the available keyboards
and register them with stdio. Add code to do this.
At some point (once LCD/video is converted) we should be able to convert
stdio to driver model and avoid these dual data structures.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add a uclass for keyboard input, mirroring the existing stdio methods.
This is enabled by a new CONFIG_DM_KEYBOARD option.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Switch USB keyboards over to use driver model instead of scanning with the
horrible usb_get_dev_index() function. This involves creating a new uclass
for keyboards, although so far there is no API.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch adds an option to skip the registration of LCD stdio output for
boards that want to show different text on LCD than on serial output (or
the active stdout selected by the environment variable).
Signed-off-by: Stephane Ayotte <sayotte@tycoint.com>
Phy can have addresses 0-31. Check this boundary to ensure that user
can't call commands on phy address 32 and more.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As with other platforms vendors love to create their own boot header
formats. Xilinx is no different and for the Zynq platform/SoC there
exists the "boot.bin" which is read by the platforms bootrom. This
format is described to a useful extent within the Xilinx Zynq TRM.
This implementation adds support for the 'zynqimage' to mkimage. The
implementation only considers the most common boot header which is
un-encrypted and packed directly after the boot header itself (no
XIP, etc.). However this implementation does take into consideration the
other fields of the header for image dumping use cases (vector table and
register initialization).
Signed-off-by: Nathan Rossi <nathan@nathanrossi.com>
Cc: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The variable "buf" in this function is a char array, and the
function ubi_volume_read is expecting a char *. In the call, the
address of the pointer is being taken, incorrectly passing a
char **. The compiler warning was being silenced by the cast.
Remove the address operator and the cast.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Smith <kevin.smith@elecsyscorp.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
The commit mentioned below replaced return statements inside a switch so
that other code could be called after the switch. However, it didn't add
any break statements, causing the cases to run together. Fix this.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID 132282, 132283)
Fixes: 7861204c9a ("itest: make memory access work under sandbox")
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Currently the mmc device that SPL looks at is always mmc0, regardless
of the BOOT_DEVICE_MMCx value. This forces some boards to
implement hacks in order to boot from other mmc devices.
Make SPL take into account the correct mmc device.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Now that we support alternative boot devices, it can sometimes be
unclear which boot devices was actually used. Provide a function to
announce which boot devices are attempted during boot.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Introduce spl_boot_list array, which defines a list of boot devices
that SPL will try before hanging. By default this list will consist
of only spl_boot_device(), but board_boot_order() can be overridden
by board code to populate the array with custom values.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Refactor spl image load code out of board_init_r and into its own
function. This is a preparation for supporting alternative boot
devices.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Make spl_*_load_image() functions return a value instead of
hanging if a problem is encountered. This enables main spl code
to make the decision whether to hang or not, thus preparing
it to support alternative boot devices.
Some boot devices (namely nand and spi) do not hang on error.
Instead, they return normally and SPL proceeds to boot the
contents of the load address. This is considered a bug and
is rectified by hanging on error for these devices as well.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Ian Campbell <ijc@hellion.org.uk>
Cc: Hans De Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Cc: Albert Aribaud <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Cc: Jagan Teki <jteki@openedev.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Get rid of emmc boot code duplication in spl_mmc_load_image() using a switch
case fallthrough into MMCSD_MODE_RAW. Since the #ifdef CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
check is not really necessary, remove it in the process.
No functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Cc: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Move the code that handles fs boot out of spl_mmc_load_image() and into its
own function to reduce the #ifdef complexity of spl_mmc_load_image().
No functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Cc: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Implement defaults for the raw partition image loading so that the #ifdef
CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION in spl_mmc_load_image() will no
longer be necessary.
This change makes it possible for mmc_load_image_raw_partition() and
mmc_load_image_raw_sector() to coexist.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Cc: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Implement default versions of falcon mode functions to make the
CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT check in spl_mmc_load_image() unnecessary, thus reducing
its #ifdef complexity.
No functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Cc: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet@free.fr>
Cc: Suriyan Ramasami <suriyan.r@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Simplify spl_mmc_load_image() code by moving the part that finds the mmc device
into its own function spl_mmc_find_device(), available in two flavors: DM and
non-DM.
This refactor fixes a bug in which an error in the device location sequence
does not necessarily aborts the rest of the code. With this refactor, we fail
the moment there is an error.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Cc: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The original intention of the mmc load_image() function was to try multiple
boot modes before failing. This is evident by the lack of break statements
in the switch, and the following line in the default case:
puts("spl: mmc: no boot mode left to try\n");
This implementation is problematic because:
- The availability of alternative boot modes is very arbitrary since it
depends on the specific order of the switch cases. If your boot mode happens to
be the first case, then you'll have a bunch of other boot modes as alternatives.
If it happens to be the last case, then you have none.
- Opting in/out is tied to config options, so the only way for you to prevent an
alternative boot mode from being attempted is to give up on the feature completely.
- This implementation makes the code more complicated and difficult to
understand.
Address these issues by inserting a break statements between the cases to make the
function try only one boot mode.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Cc: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Remove code duplication in spl_nand_load_image().
No functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Acked-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
[trini: Add back cast to unsigned long of spl_image.load_addr]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add support for loading splashimage from filesystem formatted sata
storage.
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Add support for loading splash image from USB drive formatted with a
filesystem.
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Add support for loading splash image from an SD card formatted with
a filesystem. Update boards to maintain original behavior where needed.
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Rename raw read functions to *_read_raw() in preparation for supporting
read_fs() feature.
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Acked-by: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Currently timer_init() is called in board_r.c which is quite late.
Some vgabios execution requires we set up the i8254 timer correctly,
but video initialization comes before timer_init(). Move the call
to board_f.c.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add an initr function in the board_r.c file for the AMBA Plug&Play
command. Add a Kconfig entry for the ambapp command and remove all
CONFIG_CMD_AMBAPP defines from the board configuration headers.
Add a Kconfig entry to display the AMBA Plug&Play information
on startup. This option is off by default. Remove relevent define
from board configuration headers.
Signed-off-by: Francois Retief <fgretief@spaceteq.co.za>
Prior to commit 5ba534d247 ("arm: Switch 32-bit ARM to using generic
global_data setup") we used to have assembly code that configured the
malloc_base address.
Since this commit we use the board_init_f_mem() function in C to setup
malloc_base address.
In board_init_f_mem() there was a deliberate choice to support only
early malloc() or full malloc() in SPL, but not both.
Adapt this logic to allow both to be used, one after the other, in SPL.
This issue has been observed in a Congatec board, where we need to
retrieve the manufacturing information from the SPI NOR (the SPI API
calls malloc) prior to configuring the DRAM. In this case as malloc_base
was not configured we always see malloc to fail.
With this change we are able to use malloc in SPL prior to DRAM gets
initialized.
Also update the CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START entry in the README file.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
get_clocks is wrapped by CONFIG_FSL_CLK and CONFIG_M68K in seperate
piece code. They can be merged into one snippet.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <Peng.Fan@freescale.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: "angelo@sysam.it" <angelo@sysam.it>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Cc: "Andreas Bießmann" <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
code under flag CONFIG_PARTITION_TYPE_GUID
add parameter "type" to select partition type guid
example of use with gpt command :
partitions = uuid_disk=${uuid_gpt_disk}; \
name=boot,size=0x6bc00,uuid=${uuid_gpt_boot}; \
name=root,size=0x7538ba00,uuid=${uuid_gpt_root}, \
type=0fc63daf-8483-4772-8e79-3d69d8477de4;
gpt write mmc 0 $partitions
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay73@gmail.com>
The Android sparse image format is currently supported through a file
called aboot, which isn't really such a great name, since the sparse image
format is only used for transferring data with fastboot.
Rename the file and header to a file called "sparse", which also makes it
consistent with the header defining the image structures.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Some devices might need to do some per-partition initialization
(ECC/Randomizer settings change for example) before actually accessing it.
Add some hooks before the write and erase operations to let the boards
define what they need to do if needed.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
So far the fastboot code was only supporting MMC-backed devices for its
flashing operations (flash and erase).
Add a storage backend for NAND-backed devices.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
The fastboot client will split the sparse images into several chunks if the
image that it tries to flash is bigger than what the device can handle.
In such a case, the bootloader is supposed to retain the last offset to
which it wrote to, so that it can resume the writes at the right offset
when flashing the next chunk.
Retain the last offset we used, and use the session ID to know if we need
it or not.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The fastboot flash command that writes an image to a partition works in
several steps:
1 - Retrieve the maximum size the device can download through the
"max-download-size" variable
2 - Retrieve the partition type through the "partition-type:%s" variable,
that indicates whether or not the partition needs to be erased (even
though the fastboot client has minimal support for that)
3a - If the image is smaller than what the device can handle, send the image
and flash it.
3b - If the image is larger than what the device can handle, create a
sparse image, and split it in several chunks that would fit. Send the
chunk, flash it, repeat until we have no more data to send.
However, in the 3b case, the subsequent transfers have no particular
identifiers, the protocol just assumes that you would resume the writes
where you left it.
While doing so works well, it also means that flashing two subsequent
images on the same partition (for example because the user made a mistake)
would not work withouth flashing another partition or rebooting the board,
which is not really intuitive.
Since we have always the same pattern, we can however maintain a counter
that will be reset every time the client will retrieve max-download-size,
and incremented after each buffer will be flashed, that will allow us to
tell whether we should simply resume the flashing where we were, or start
back at the beginning of the partition.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The current sparse image parser relies heavily on the MMC layer, and
doesn't allow any other kind of storage medium to be used.
Rework the parser to support any kind of storage medium, as long as there
is an implementation for it.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The functions and a few define to generate a fastboot message to be sent
back to the host were so far duplicated among the users.
Move them all to a common place.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
To check the alignment of the image blocks to the storage blocks, the
current code uses a convoluted syntax, while a simple mod also does the
work.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The chunk parsing code was duplicating a lot of code among the various
chunk types, while all of them could be covered by generic and simple
functions.
Refactor the current code to reuse as much code as possible and hopefully
make the chunk parsing loop more readable and concise.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The current sparse image format parser is quite tangled, with a lot of
code duplication.
Start refactoring it by moving the header parsing function to a function
of its own.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The variables bd_t:bi_memstart and bd_t:bi_memsize have to be
initialized also on MIPS. Otherwise LMB and cmd_bdinfo do not
correctly work. This currently breaks the booting of FIT images
on MIPS. Enable the board_init_f hook setup_board_part1()
for MIPS to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use dram bank in board info, so that it displays correct
memory values in bdinfo command.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Chou <thomas@wytron.com.tw>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Many SPI flashes have protection bits (BP2, BP1 and BP0) in the
status register that can protect selected regions of the SPI NOR.
Take these bits into account when performing erase operations,
making sure that the protected areas are skipped.
Tested on a mx6qsabresd:
=> sf probe
SF: Detected M25P32 with page size 256 Bytes, erase size 64 KiB, total 4 MiB
=> sf protect lock 0x3f0000 0x10000
=> sf erase 0x3f0000 0x10000
offset 0x3f0000 is protected and cannot be erased
SF: 65536 bytes @ 0x3f0000 Erased: ERROR
=> sf protect unlock 0x3f0000 0x10000
=> sf erase 0x3f0000 0x10000
SF: 65536 bytes @ 0x3f0000 Erased: OK
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
[re-worked to fit the lock common to dm and non-dm]
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jteki@openedev.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jteki@openedev.com>
We have the protocol and subclass variables which are used only in
disabled debug code. This code dates back to the initial git import and
seemingly dead code so remove it.
This was detected by Coverity (CID 131117)
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Currently there is no API to uninitialize mdio. Add two APIs for this.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
For most PPC platforms, they will call the first get_clocks() in
init_sequence_f[] as they define CONFIG_PPC. CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CLK is
then defined to call the second get_clocks(), which should be
redundant for PPC.
Signed-off-by: Gong Qianyu <Qianyu.Gong@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
In 1fec3c5 I added a check that if we had an Android image we default to
trying the kernel address for a ramdisk. However when we don't have an
Android image buf is NULL and we oops here. Ensure that we have 'buf'
to check first.
Reported-by: elipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Currently, using fdt_fixup_stdout() on a device tree that is missing
the relevant alias results in this:
WARNING: could not set linux,stdout-path FDT_ERR_NOTFOUND.
ERROR: /chosen node create failed
- must RESET the board to recover.
FDT creation failed! hanging...### ERROR ### Please RESET the board ###
There is no reason for this to be a fatal error rather than a warning,
and removing this allows for a smooth transition on a platform where
the device tree currently lacks the correct aliases but will have them
in the future.
Signed-off-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Cc: Kumar Gala <galak@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
sync with linux v4.2
commit 64291f7db5bd8150a74ad2036f1037e6a0428df2
Author: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Date: Sun Aug 30 11:34:09 2015 -0700
Linux 4.2
This update is needed, as it turned out, that fastmap
was in experimental/broken state in kernel v3.15, which
was the last base for U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Tested-by: Ezequiel Garcia <ezequiel@vanguardiasur.com.ar>
Change the #ifdef so that the early malloc() area is not set up in SPL if
CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START is defined. In that case it would never actually
be used, and just chews up stack space.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This function will be used by both SPL and U-Boot proper. So move it into
a common place. Also change the #ifdef so that the early malloc() area is
not set up in SPL if CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START is defined. In that case
it would never actually be used, and just chews up stack space.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
itest accesses memory, and hence must map/unmap it. Without doing so, it
accesses invalid addresses and crashes.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Modify the ubifs u-boot wrapper function prototypes for generic fs use,
and give them their own header file.
This is a preparation patch for adding ubifs support to the generic fs
code from fs/fs.c.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
For current U-Boot to initialize status LEDs via status_led_init(), it
is required to have both CONFIG_STATUS_LED and STATUS_LED_BOOT defined.
This may be a particular concern with GPIO LEDs, where __led_init() is
required to correctly set up the GPIO (gpio_request and
gpio_direction_output). Without STATUS_LED_BOOT the initialization isn't
called, which could leave the user with a non-functional "led" command -
due to the fact that the LED routines in gpio_led.c use gpio_set_value()
just fine, but the GPIO never got set up properly in the first place.
I think having CONFIG_STATUS_LED is sufficient to justify a
corresponding call to status_led_init(), even with no STATUS_LED_BOOT
defined. To do so, common/board_r.c needs call that routine, so it now
is exposed via status_led.h.
Signed-off-by: Bernhard Nortmann <bernhard.nortmann@web.de>
[trini: Add dummy __led_init to pca9551_led.c]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Export fdt_blob to the environment variable. So that we may
use it to boot Linux.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Chou <thomas@wytron.com.tw>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As every TPM drivers support UCLASS_TPM, we can only rely on DM_TPM
functions.
This simplify a bit the code.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current name is inconsistent with other driver model data access
functions. Rename it and fix up all users.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Start a new timer after relocation, just in case the
timer has been used in per-relocation.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Chou <thomas@wytron.com.tw>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Zap almost all of the ad-hoc timer code from interrupts.c and
use the code in lib/time.c instead.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Chou <thomas@wytron.com.tw>
Many System on Chip(SoC) solutions are complex with multiple processors
on the same die dedicated to either general purpose of specialized
functions. Many examples do exist in today's SoCs from various vendors.
Typical examples are micro controllers such as an ARM M3/M0 doing a
offload of specific function such as event integration or power
management or controlling camera etc.
Traditionally, the responsibility of loading up such a processor with a
firmware and communication has been with a High Level Operating
System(HLOS) such as Linux. However, there exists classes of products
where Linux would need to expect services from such a processor or the
delay of Linux and operating system being able to load up such a
firmware is unacceptable.
To address these needs, we need some minimal capability to load such a
system and ensure it is started prior to an Operating System(Linux or
any other) is started up.
NOTE: This is NOT meant to be a solve-all solution, instead, it tries to
address certain class of SoCs and products that need such a solution.
A very simple model is introduced here as part of the initial support
that supports microcontrollers with internal memory (no MMU, no
execution from external memory, or specific image format needs). This
basic framework can then (hopefully) be extensible to other complex SoC
processor support as need be.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
VxWorks on x86 uses stack to pass parameters.
Reported-by: Jian Luo <jian.luo4@boschrexroth.de>
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
E820 is critical to the kernel as it provides system memory map
information. Pass it to an x86 VxWorks kernel.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Jian Luo <jian.luo4@boschrexroth.de>
So far VxWorks bootline can be contructed from various environment
variables, but when these variables do not exist we get these from
corresponding config macros. This is not helpful as it requires
rebuilding U-Boot, and to make sure these config macros take effect
we should not have these environment variables. This is a little
bit complex and confusing.
Now we change the logic to always contruct the bootline from
environments (the only single source), by adding two new variables
"bootdev" and "othbootargs", and adding some comments about network
related settings mentioning they are optional. The doc about the
bootline handling is also updated.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Hannes Schmelzer <oe5hpm@oevsv.at>
There are fields in VxWorks bootline for netmask and gatewayip.
We can get these from U-Boot environment variables and pass them
to VxWorks, just like ipaddr and serverip.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Remember the position in the VxWorks bootline buffer to avoid the call
to strlen() each time.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move load_elf_image_phdr() and load_elf_image_shdr() to the beginning
of the cmd_elf.c so that forward declaration is not needed.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This commit cleans up cmd_elf.c per U-Boot coding convention,
and removes the unnecessary DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR and out-of-date
powerpc comments (it actually supports not only powerpc targets).
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
It's useful to get a a trace of memory allocations in early init. Add a
debug() call to provide that. It can be enabled by adding '#define DEBUG'
to the top of the file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
malloc_simple uses a part of the stack as heap, initially it uses
SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN bytes which typically is quite small as the initial
stacks sits in SRAM and we do not have that much SRAM to work with.
When DRAM becomes available we may switch the stack from SRAM to DRAM
to give use more room. This commit adds support for also switching to
a new bigger malloc_simple heap located in the new stack.
Note that this requires spl_init to be called before spl_relocate_stack_gd
which in practice means that spl_init must be called from board_init_f.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
common/dlmalloc.c is quite big, both in .text and .data usage, therefor
on some boards the SPL is build to use only malloc_simple.c and not the
dlmalloc.c code. This is done in various include/configs/foo.h with the
following construct:
#ifdef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
#define CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
#endif
This commit introduces a SPL_MALLOC_SIMPLE Kconfig bool which allows
selecting this functionality through Kconfig instead.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
spl_relocate_stack_gd only gets called from arch/arm/lib/crt0.S which
clears the bss directly after calling it, so there is no need to clear
it from spl_relocate_stack_gd.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The changes in ed6a5d4 unintentionally broke support for reading the
environment saved to eeprom back. To correct this the crc-check and
decision on which environment to use is now moved to env_relocate_spec.
This is done for both the "redundant env" and the "single env" case.
Signed-off-by: Ludger Dreier <ludger.dreier@keymile.com>
In 2dd4632 the check for where a ramdisk is found on an Android image
was got moved into the "normal" loop here, causing people to have to
pass the kernel address in the ramdisk address location in order to have
Android boot still. This changed previous behavior so perform a check
early in the function to see if we have an Android image and if so use
that as where to look for the ramdisk (which is what the rest of the
code here expects). We allow for this to still be overridden with an
explicit ramdisk address to be passed as normal.
Cc: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Reported-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
If an Android boot image does not contain a ramdisk, make sure rd_len
and rd_data are returned to indicate no ramdisk rather than just relying
on returning an error.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
This patch adds support for LZ4-compressed FIT image contents. This
algorithm has a slightly worse compression ration than LZO while being
nearly twice as fast to decompress. When loading images from a fast
storage medium this usually results in a boot time win.
Sandbox-tested only since I don't have a U-Boot development system set
up right now. The code was imported unchanged from coreboot where it's
proven to work, though. I'm mostly interested in getting this recognized
by mkImage for use in a downstream project.
Signed-off-by: Julius Werner <jwerner@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Change the load_image so that it returns success or failure of the
command (using CMD_RET_SUCCESS or CMD_RET_FAILURE).
This way, hush scripts can optionally load different files depending
upon the system configuration.
A simple example:
if afs load ${kernel_name} ${kernel_addr}; then echo loaded; else echo \
not loaded; fi
Signed-off-by: Ryan Harkin <ryan.harkin@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Add a command to the ARM flash support to check if an image exists or
not.
If the image is found, it will return CMD_RET_SUCCESS, else
CMD_RET_FAILURE. This allows hush scripts to conditionally load images.
A simple example:
if afs exists ${kernel_name}; then echo found; else echo \
not found; fi
Signed-off-by: Ryan Harkin <ryan.harkin@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
CONFIG_NETCONSOLE causes common/bootm.c to call eth_unregister()
for network device shutdown. However, with CONFIG_DM_ETH this
function is no longer defined.
This is a workaround to avoid the call in that case, and solely
rely on eth_halt(). In case this is insufficient, a proper way
to unregister / remove network devices needs to be implemented.
Signed-off-by: Bernhard Nortmann <bernhard.nortmann@web.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
The gd->malloc_ptr and the gd->malloc_limit are offsets to gd->malloc_base.
But the addr variable contains the absolute address. The new_ptr must be:
addr + bytes - gd->malloc_base.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Rosenberger <ilu@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
The command:
ethsw [port <port_no>] ingress filtering
{ [help] | show | enable | disable }
- enable/disable VLAN ingress filtering on port
can be used to enable/disable/show VLAN ingress filtering on a port.
This command has also been added to the ethsw generic parser
from common/cmd_ethsw.c
Signed-off-by: Johnson Leung <johnson.leung@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Codrin Ciubotariu <codrin.ciubotariu@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
The command:
ethsw vlan fdb { [help] | show | shared | private }
- make VLAN learning shared or private"
configures the FDB to share the FDB entries learned on multiple VLANs
or to keep them separated. By default, the FBD uses private VLAN
learning. This command has also been added to the ethsw generic parser
from common/cmd_ethsw.c
Signed-off-by: Johnson Leung <johnson.leung@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Codrin Ciubotariu <codrin.ciubotariu@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
The new added commands can be used to configure VLANs for a port
on both ingress and egress.
The new commands are:
ethsw [port <port_no>] pvid { [help] | show | <pvid> }
- set/show PVID (ingress and egress VLAN tagging) for a port;
ethsw [port <port_no>] vlan { [help] | show | add <vid> | del <vid> }
- add a VLAN to a port (VLAN members);
ethsw [port <port_no>] untagged { [help] | show | all | none | pvid }
- set egress tagging mod for a port"
ethsw [port <port_no>] egress tag { [help] | show | pvid | classified }
- Configure VID source for egress tag. Tag's VID could be the
frame's classified VID or the PVID of the port
These commands have also been added to the ethsw generic parser from
common/cmd_ethsw.c
Signed-off-by: Johnson Leung <johnson.leung@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Codrin Ciubotariu <codrin.ciubotariu@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
The new command:
ethsw [port <port_no>] [vlan <vid>] fdb
{ [help] | show | flush | { add | del } <mac> }
Can be used to add and delete FDB entries. Also, the command can be used
to show entries from the FDB tables. When used with [port <port_no>]
and [vlan <vid>], only the matching the FDB entries can be seen or
flushed. The command has also been added to the generic ethsw parser
from cmd_ethsw.c.
Signed-off-by: Johnson Leung <johnson.leung@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Codrin Ciubotariu <codrin.ciubotariu@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
The code that checks if a string has the format of a MAC address has been
moved to a separate function called eth_validate_ethaddr_str().
This has been done to allow other components (such as vsc9953 driver)
to validate a MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Codrin Ciubotariu <codrin.ciubotariu@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
The command:
ethsw [port <port_no>] learning { [help] | show | auto | disable }
can be used to enable/disable HW learning on a port.
This patch also adds this command to the generic ethsw parser from
cmd_ethsw.
Signed-off-by: Johnson Leung <johnson.leung@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Codrin Ciubotariu <codrin.ciubotariu@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
The new added command:
ethsw [port <port_no>] statistics { [help] | [clear] }
will print counters like the number of Rx/Tx frames,
number of Rx/Tx bytes, number of Rx/Tx unicast frames, etc.
This patch also adds this commnd in the genereric ethsw
parser from cmd_ethsw.c
Signed-off-by: Codrin Ciubotariu <codrin.ciubotariu@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
This patch creates a flexible parser for Ethernet Switch
configurations that should support complex commands.
The parser searches for predefined keywords in the command
and calls the proper function when a match is found.
Also, the parser allows for optional keywords, such as
"port", to apply the command on a port
or on all ports. For now, the defined commands are:
ethsw [port <port_no>] { enable | disable | show }
Signed-off-by: Codrin Ciubotariu <codrin.ciubotariu@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Bigger source buffer than dest buffer could overflow when copying
strings. Source and destination buffer sizes are same now.
Signed-off-by: Imran Zaman <imran.zaman@intel.com>
Now that we have a new header file for cache-aligned allocation, we should
move the stack-based allocation macro there also.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present malloc.h is included everywhere since it recently was added to
common.h in this commit:
4519668 mtd/nand/ubi: assortment of alignment fixes
This seems wasteful and unnecessary. We have been trying to trim down
common.h and put separate functions into separate header files and that
change goes in the opposite direction.
Move malloc_cache_aligned() to a new header so that this can be avoided.
The header would perhaps be better named as alignmem.h but it needs to be
included after common.h and people might be confused by this. With the name
memalign.h it fits nicely after malloc() in most cases.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
The "dfu" command has been extended to support transfers via TFTP protocol.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@majess.pl>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
This code allows using DFU defined mediums for storing data received via
TFTP protocol.
It reuses and preserves functionality of legacy code at common/update.c.
The update_tftp() function now accepts parameters - namely medium device
name and its number (e.g. mmc 1).
Without this information passed old behavior is preserved.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@majess.pl>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Up till now it was impossible to use code from update.c when system
was not equipped with raw FLASH memory.
Such behavior prevented DFU from reusing this code.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@majess.pl>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Rockchip boot ROM requires a particular file format for booting from SPI.
It consists of a 512-byte header encoded with RC4, some padding and then up
to 32KB of executable code in 2KB blocks, separated by 2KB empty blocks.
Add support to mkimage so that an SPL image (u-boot-spl-dtb.bin) can be
converted to this format. This allows booting from SPI flash on supported
machines.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Rockchip boot ROM requires a particular file format. It consists of
64KB of zeroes, a 512-byte header encoded with RC4, and then some executable
code.
Add support to mkimage so that an SPL image (u-boot-spl-dtb.bin) can be
converted to this format.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rockchip SoCs require certain formats for code that they execute, The
simplest format is a 4-byte header at the start of a binary file. Add
support for this so that we can create images that the boot ROM understands.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These tests come from Chrome OS code. They are not particularly tidy but can
be useful for checking that the TPM is behaving correctly. Some knowledge of
TPM operation is required to use these.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Christophe Ricard<christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Add a command to display basic information about a TPM such as the model and
open/close state. This can be useful for debugging.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Rather then crashing when there is no data, print an error. The error is
printed by the caller to parse_byte_string().
Acked-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
When a 'tpm' command fails, we set the return code but give no indication
of failure. This can be confusing.
Add an error message when any tpm command fails.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Christophe Ricard<christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
I2C chips can support a register offset, with registers accessible by
sending this offset as the first part of any read or write transaction.
Most I2C chips have a single byte offset, thus the offset length is 1.
This provides access for up 256 registers.
However other offset lengths are supported, including 0.
Add a command to provide access to the offset length from the command
line. This allows the offset length to be read or written.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Christophe Ricard<christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Add driver model support to the TPM command and the TPM library. Both
support only a single TPM at present.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Christophe Ricard<christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Add new Kconfig options for TPMs in preparation for moving boards to use
Kconfig for TPM configuration.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Christophe Ricard<christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Various U-Boot adoptions/extensions to MTD/NAND/UBI did not take buffer
alignment into account which led to failures of the following form:
ERROR: v7_dcache_inval_range - start address is not aligned - 0x1f7f0108
ERROR: v7_dcache_inval_range - stop address is not aligned - 0x1f7f1108
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
[trini: Add __UBOOT__ hunk to lib/zlib/zutil.c due to malloc.h in common.h]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The set_default_env() function from env_common.c expects either
a fully formatted error msg, e.g.: "## Resetting to default environment\n"
or an error msg prefixed with an !, in which case it will format it.
Fix the init_mmc_for_env() error messages to be prefixed with a !
this changes the bootup-log on sunxi when no mmc card is found from:
MMC: SUNXI SD/MMC: 0
No MMC card foundIn: serial
Out: serial
To:
MMC: SUNXI SD/MMC: 0
*** Warning - No MMC card found, using default environment
In: serial
Out: serial
Which clearly is how things should look.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
This should use the align parameter, not bytes. Natural alignment is one
use case but should not be the only one supported by this function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
GCC 5.1 starts warning for comparisons such as !a > 0, assuming that the
negation was meant to apply to the whole expression rather than just the
left operand.
Indeed the comparison in the FIT loadable code is confusingly written,
though it does end up doing the right thing. Rewrite the condition to be
more explicit, that is, iterate over strings until they're exhausted.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move x86_fsp_init() call after initf_malloc() so that we can fix up
the gd->malloc_limit later.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We have flipped CONFIG_SPL_DISABLE_OF_CONTROL. We have cleansing
devices, $(SPL_) and CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(), so we are ready to clear
away the ugly logic in include/fdtdec.h:
#ifdef CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
# if defined(CONFIG_SPL_BUILD) && !defined(SPL_OF_CONTROL)
# define OF_CONTROL 0
# else
# define OF_CONTROL 1
# endif
#else
# define OF_CONTROL 0
#endif
Now CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(OF_CONTROL) is the substitute. It refers to
CONFIG_OF_CONTROL for U-boot proper and CONFIG_SPL_OF_CONTROL for
SPL.
Also, we no longer have to cancel CONFIG_OF_CONTROL in
include/config_uncmd_spl.h and scripts/Makefile.spl.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
As we discussed a couple of times, negative CONFIG options make our
life difficult; CONFIG_SYS_NO_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF, ...
and here is another one.
Now, there are three boards enabling OF_CONTROL on SPL:
- socfpga_arria5_defconfig
- socfpga_cyclone5_defconfig
- socfpga_socrates_defconfig
This commit adds CONFIG_SPL_OF_CONTROL for them and deletes
CONFIG_SPL_DISABLE_OF_CONTROL from the other boards to invert
the logic.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This causes widespread breakage due to the operation of the low-level code
in crt0.S and cro0_64.S for ARM at least.
The fix is not complicated but it seems safer to revert this for now.
This reverts commit 2afddae075.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use memalign() with ARCH_DMA_MINALIGN to allocate read buffers.
This is required because, flash drivers may use DMA for read operations
and may have to invalidate the buffer before read.
Signed-off-by: Ravi Babu <ravibabu@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jteki@openedev.com>
Tested-by: Jagan Teki <jteki@openedev.com>
Use memalign() with ARCH_DMA_MINALIGN to allocate read buffers.
This is required because, flash drivers may use DMA for read operations
and may have to invalidate the buffer before read.
Signed-off-by: Ravi Babu <ravibabu@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jteki@openedev.com>
Tested-by: Jagan Teki <jteki@openedev.com>
There is quite a bit of assembler code that can be removed if we use the
generic global_data setup. Less arch-specific code makes it easier to add
new features and maintain the start-up code.
Drop the unneeded code and adjust the hooks in board_f.c to cope.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present we have a simple assignment to gd. With some archs this is
implemented as a register or through some other means; a simple assignment
does not suit in all cases.
Change this to a function and add documentation to describe how this all
works.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Some archs like to have larger alignment for their global data. Use 16 bytes
which suits all current archs.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
bd->bi_dram[] has both start address and size defined as 32-bit,
which is not the case on some platforms where >=4GiB memory bank
is used. Change them to support such memory banks.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This fixes the following warning (and the runtime error reporting):
../common/image-fdt.c:491:4: warning: 'fdt_ret' may be used
uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
Signed-off-by: Max Krummenacher <max.krummenacher@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Allow showing custom board info from a checkboard() function being
implemented if CONFIG_CUSTOM_BOARDINFO is specified. Previously the
device tree model was always displayed not taking any
CONFIG_CUSTOM_BOARDINFO into account.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The following commit changed the order of the column vs. row parameter
to the lcd_init_console() function but missed actually changing it as
well the second time it is called from lcd_clear() which resulted in a
garbled text console which this patch fixes.
commit 604c7d4a5a
common/lcd_console: introduce display/framebuffer rotation
Tested on Colibri T20 with my latest assortment of tegra
fixes/enhancements patch set.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add option to set shell prompt string from menuconfig and migrate
boards globally.
The migration is done as follows:
- Boards that explicitly and unconditionally set CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT had the
entry moved to their defconfig files.
- Boards that defined some kind of #ifdef logic which selects the
CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT (for example qemu-mips) got an #undef CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT
right before the #ifdef logic and were left alone.
- This change forces CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT to be a per board decision, and thus
CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT was removed from all <soc>_common.h and <arch>_common.h
files. This results in a streamlined default value across platforms, and
includes the following files: spear-common, sunxi-common, mv-common,
ti_armv7_common, tegra-common, at91-sama5_common, and zynq-common.
- Boards that relied on <arch/soc>_common.h values of CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT were
not updated in their respective defconfig files under the assumption that
since they did not explicitly define a value, they're fine with whatever
the default is.
- On the other hand, boards that relied on a value defined in some
<boards>_common.h file such as woodburn_common, rpi-common,
bur_am335x_common, ls2085a_common, siemens_am33x_common, and
omap3_evm_common, had their values moved to the respective defconfig files.
- The define V_PROMPT was removed, since it is not used anywhere except for
assigning a value for CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT.
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
[trini: Add spring, sniper, smartweb to conversion]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Modify the data pointer type from ulong* to u32*.
For arm64 type "ulong" could be 64-bit. Then in line 89 of common/cmd_source.c:
"while (*data++);" data will point to the next 64 bits each time. As the uImage
file generated by mkimage tool keeps the same data format in either 32-bit or 64-bit
platform, the difference would cause failure in 64-bit platform.
Signed-off-by: Gong Qianyu <Qianyu.Gong@freescale.com>
If a dtb is specified on the command-line, the Android boot image ramdisk
will not be found. Fix this so that we can specify the ramdisk address and
dtb address. The syntax is to enter the Android boot image address for
both the kernel and ramdisk.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
This patch enables building SPL without
CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT support.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
[trini: Ensure we build arch/arm/imx-common on mx28]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When a regulator command cannot honour the requested voltage, display the
limits to try to be helpful.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com>
The following commit enforces CONFIG_DM_ETH for USB Ethernet which
breaks any board using CONFIG_USB_HOST_ETHER without CONFIG_DM_ETH
which this patch fixes.
commit 69559093f6
dm: usb: Avoid using USB ethernet with CONFIG_DM_USB and no DM_ETH
Tested on Colibri T20/T30 as well as Apalis T30 with
CONFIG_USB_HOST_ETHER and CONFIG_USB_ETHER_ASIX enabled and a LevelOne
USB-0301 ASIX AX88772 dongle.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The code in question polls an USB port status via USB_REQ_GET_STATUS
to determine whether there is a device on the port or not. The way to
figure that out is to check two bits. Those are wPortChange[0] and
wPortStatus[0].
The wPortChange[0] indicates whether some kind of a connection status
change happened on a port (a device was plugged or unplugged). The
wPortStatus[0] bit indicates the status of the connection (plugged or
unplugged).
The current code tests whether wPortChange[0] == wPortStatus[0] and
if that's the case, considers the loop polling for the presence of a
USB device on port finished.
This works for most USB sticks, since they come up really quickly and
trigger the USB port change detection before the first iteration of the
detection loop happens. Thus, both wPortChange[0] and wPortStatus[0]
are set to 1 and thus equal. The loop is existed in it's first iteration
and the stick is detected correctly.
The problem is with some obscure USB sticks, which take some time before
they pop up on the bus after the port was enabled. In this case, both
the wPortChange[0] and wPortStatus[0] are 0. They are equal again, so
the loop again exits in the first iteration, but this is incorrect, as
such USB stick didn't have the opportunity to get detected on the bus.
Rework the code such, that it checks for wPortChange[0] first to test
if any connection change happened at all. If no change occured, keep
polling. If a change did occur, test the wPortStatus[0] to see there is
some device present on the port and only if this is the case, break out
of the polling loop.
This patch also trims down the duration of the polling loop from 10s
per port to 1s per port. This is still annoyingly long, but there is
no better option in case of U-Boot unfortunatelly. This change will
most likely increase the duration of 'usb start' on some platforms,
but this is needed to fix a bug.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
The EFI memory map is passed from the stub to U-Boot in a table. Add a
command to display it in a vaguely readable fashion.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested on QEMU
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When running U-Boot as an EFI application we cannot relocate since we do not
have relocation information. U-Boot has already been relocated to a suitable
address.
Add a global_data flag to control skipping relocation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When U-Boot runs as an EFI application is does not have a definition of
CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE. U-Boot is a relocatable application and the relocation
is done by EFI. U-Boot can be loaded at any address.
This is similar to how sandbox works. Adjust the early board init to deal
with this.
Signed-off-by: Ben Stoltz <stoltz@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add '\n' for debug msg.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <Peng.Fan@freescale.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use one command for showing overall CPU status than several without
knowing how many cpus is available in the system.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The sysboot and pxe commands currently support either U-Boot formats or
raw zImages. Add support for the AArch64 Linux port's native image format
too.
As with zImage support, there is no auto-detection of the native image
format. Rather, if the image is auto-detected as a U-Boot format, U-Boot
will try to interpret it as such. Otherwise, U-Boot will fall back to a
raw/native image format, if one is enabled.
My belief is that CONFIG_CMD_BOOTZ won't ever be enabled for any AArch64
port, hence there's never a need to differentiate between CONFIG_CMD_
_BOOTI and _BOOTZ at run-time; compile-time will do. Even if this isn't
true, we want to prefer _BOOTI over _BOOTZ when defined, since _BOOTI is
definitely the native format for AArch64.
Change-Id: I83c5cc7566032afd72516de46f4e5eb7a780284a
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
In case of enable CONFIG_OF_CONTROL and has a "model" property in the root node,
the board special "checkboard" will not be called.
Usually we show some useful version information in the function.
This patch enable call "checkboard" in any case.
It is not conflicting with showing "model" at the same time.
For example on LS2085AQDS:
Showing "model" only:
Model: Freescale Layerscape 2085a QDS Board
Showing "checkboard" only:
Board: LS2085E-QDS, Board Arch: V1, Board version: B, boot from vBank: 4
Showing both:
Model: Freescale Layerscape 2085a QDS Board
Board: LS2085E-QDS, Board Arch: V1, Board version: B, boot from vBank: 4
Signed-off-by: Haikun Wang <haikun.wang@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch introduces the option to boot from a MMC card parition with
an offset. This can be done by using both defines together:
define CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION 1
define CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR ((160 << 10) / 512)
The example above loads the main U-Boot at offset 160KiB from the MMC
partition 1.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
Cc: Dirk Eibach <eibach@gdsys.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Since we're now using a dynamic controller index for fastboot too,
usb_gadget_handle_interrupts should be using it instead of 0 (despite the fact
that it's currently not being used at all in the musb-new implementation).
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Each USB download function command calls board_usb_init before registering the
USB gadget and board_usb_cleanup after de-registering it. On devices currently
using fasboot, musb-new is usually initialized earlier, but some other boards
might need the board_usb_init call to properly initialize musb-new.
This requires adding an argument (the USB controller index) to the fastboot
command, as it is currently done with other USB download gadget functions.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Tested-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Test HW: Odroid_XU3 (Exynos5422), trats (Exynos4210)
In Linux USB_DEVICE() is used to declare a USB device by vendor/device ID.
We should follow the same convention in U-Boot. Rename the existing
USB_DEVICE() macro to U_BOOT_USB_DEVICE() and bring in the USB_DEVICE()
macro from Linux for use in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present USB Ethernet does not work with CONFIG_DM_ETH. Add driver model
support to this feature, so that it can work alongside other Ethernet
devices with driver model.
It was found that quite a bit of code is common in most of the USB Ethernet
drivers. Add this code to the common layer to reduce the amount of duplicate
code needed in USB Ethernet drivers when CONFIG_DM_ETH is used.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
If driver model is used for Ethernet then USB Ethernet does not build. This
can be made to work with driver model is used for USB also. Add #ifdef logic
to make this clear when building.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
At present all PCI devices must be present in the device tree in order to
be used. Many or most PCI devices don't require any configuration other than
that which is done automatically by U-Boot. It is inefficent to add a node
with nothing but a compatible string in order to get a device working.
Add a mechanism whereby PCI drivers can be declared along with the device
parameters they support (vendor/device/class). When no suitable driver is
found in the device tree the list of such devices is consulted to determine
the correct driver. If this also fails, then a generic driver is used as
before.
The mechanism used is very similar to that provided by Linux and the header
file defintions are copied from Linux 4.1.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
On some single port (otg) controllers there is no emulated root hub, so
the first child (if any) may be one of: UCLASS_MASS_STORAGE,
UCLASS_USB_DEV_GENERIC or UCLASS_USB_HUB.
All three of these (and in the future others) are suitable for our
purposes, remove the check for the device being a hub, and add a check to
deal with the fact that there may be no child-dev.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
last_child was abused by the old usb code to first store 1 if the
usb_device was not the root of the usb tree, and then later on re-used
to store whether or not the usb_device is actually the last child.
The dm-usb code was always setting it to actually reflect the last-child
status which is wrong for the last child leading to output like this:
USB device tree:
1 Hub (12 Mb/s, 100mA)
| ALCOR USB Hub 2.0
|
| 2 Mass Storage (12 Mb/s, 100mA)
| USB Flash Disk 4C0E960F
|
+-3 Human Interface (1.5 Mb/s, 100mA)
SINO WEALTH USB Composite Device
Instead of this:
USB device tree:
1 Hub (12 Mb/s, 100mA)
| ALCOR USB Hub 2.0
|
+-2 Mass Storage (12 Mb/s, 100mA)
| USB Flash Disk 4C0E960F
|
+-3 Human Interface (1.5 Mb/s, 100mA)
SINO WEALTH USB Composite Device
This commit fixes this by first checking that the device is not root,
and then setting last_child. This commit also updates the old code to not
abuse the last_child variable to store the root check result.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add an usb_device parameter to usb_reset_root_port so that it knows which
root-port it is resetting. This is necessary for proper device-model support
for usb_reset_root_port.
Also remove a duplicate declaration of usb_reset_root_port() from usb.h .
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Pass the usb_device instead of the portnr to usb_legacy_port_reset and
rename it to usb_hub_port_reset as there is nothing legacy about it.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Drop the unneeded portnr function argument, the portnr is part of the
usb_device struct which is passed via the dev argument.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The device-model usb_legacy_port_reset function calls the device-model
usb_port_reset function which is a 1 on 1 copy of the non dm
usb_legacy_port_reset and this is the only use of usb_port_reset in all
of u-boot.
Drop both, and alway use the usb_legacy_port_reset() version in
common/usb.c .
Also while at it make it static as it is only used in common/usb.c .
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As a debug option, add positive confirmation that SPL has completed
execution. This can help with diagnosing the location of unexpected hangs.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add an spl_init() function that does basic init such that board_init_f() can
use simple malloc(), device tree and driver model. Each one is set up only
if enabled for SPL.
Note: We really should refactor SPL such that there is a single
board_init_f() and rename the existing weak board_init_f() functions
provided by boards, calling them from the single board_init_f().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present printf() skips output if it can see there is no console. This
is really just an optimisation, and is not necessary. Also it is currently
incorrect in some cases. Rather than update the logic, just remove it so
that we don't need to keep it in sync.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When there is no console ready, allow the debug UART to be used for output.
This makes debugging of early code considerably easier.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Offer to display the available image types in help. Also, rather than
hacking the genimg_get_type_id() function to display a list of types,
do this in the tool. Also, sort the list.
The list of image types is quite long, and hard to discover. Print it out
when we show help information.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit 90fbee3e40 ("cmd_fdt: Actually fix fdt command in sandbox")
changed the format(from hex address to unsigned long) in which "fdtaddr"
is saved . However do_fdt continues reads the "fdtaddr" assuming it to
be in hex format. This may lead to fdt being either loaded or attempted
to load at erroneous address generating fault if the address is out of
memory.
This patch changes back the format to hex while saving the "fdtaddr"
as it was done before.
Signed-off-by: Sudeep Holla <sudeep.holla@arm.com>
Cc: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Hua Yanghao <huayanghao@gmail.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Avoid clearing the reg property in the memory DT node if no memory
banks have been specified for a board (CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS == 0).
This allows boards to let U-Boot skip the DT memory tinkering in case
other firmware has already setup the node properly before.
This should be safe as all callers of fdt_fixup_memory_banks that use
a computed <banks> value put at least 1 in there.
Add some documentation comments to the header file.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <osp@andrep.de>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently CONFIG_DM_I2C is used in cmd_date.c for driver model,
but it should be actually CONFIG_DM_RTC.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rather than just 'ERROR', display the error code, which may be useful, at
least with driver model.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jteki@openedev.com>
The call to FspInitEntry is done in arch/x86/lib/fsp/fsp_car.S so far.
It worked pretty well but looks not that good. Apart from doing too
much work than just enabling CAR, it cannot read the configuration
data from device tree at that time. Now we want to move it a little
bit later as part of init_sequence_f[] being called by board_init_f().
This way it looks and works better in the U-Boot initialization path.
Due to FSP's design, after calling FspInitEntry it will not return to
its caller, instead it jumps to a continuation function which is given
by bootloader with a new stack in system memory. The original stack in
the CAR is gone, but its content is perserved by FSP and described by
a bootloader temporary memory HOB. Technically we can recover anything
we had before in the previous stack, but that is way too complicated.
To make life much easier, in the FSP continuation routine we just
simply call fsp_init_done() and jump back to car_init_ret() to redo
the whole board_init_f() initialization, but this time with a non-zero
HOB list pointer saved in U-Boot's global data so that we can bypass
the FspInitEntry for the second time.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Andrew Bradford <andrew.bradford@kodakalaris.com>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit 2b42c9317d ("ahci: support LBA48 data reads for 2+TB drives")
introduced conditional code which triggers a warning when compiled
with DEBUG enabled:
In file included from common/cmd_scsi.c:12:0:
common/cmd_scsi.c: In function 'scsi_read':
include/common.h:109:4: warning: 'smallblks' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
...
Since this is for debug only, take the easy way and initialize the
variable explicitly on declaration to avoid the warning.
(Fix a nearby whitespace error on the way.)
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <osp@andrep.de>
If flash pointer is used free it, before probing a new
flash and storing it in flash.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Tested-by: Jagannadh Teki <jteki@openedev.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagannadh Teki <jteki@openedev.com>
With this patch, it is possible to get the offset and size information
from the mtdpartiton setting in "mtdparts", similiar to the
"nand" commandos.
=> sf
sf - SPI flash sub-system
Usage:
sf probe [[bus:]cs] [hz] [mode] - init flash device on given SPI bus
and chip select
sf read addr offset|partition len - read `len' bytes starting at
`offset' to memory at `addr'
sf write addr offset|partition len - write `len' bytes from memory
at `addr' to flash at `offset'
sf erase offset|partition [+]len - erase `len' bytes from `offset'
`+len' round up `len' to block size
sf update addr offset|partition len - erase and write `len' bytes from memory
at `addr' to flash at `offset'
=>
for example "env" is defined in mtdparts:
=> sf read 13000000 env
device 0 offset 0xd0000, size 0x10000
SF: 65536 bytes @ 0xd0000 Read: OK
zynq-uboot> mtdparts add nor0 0x10000@0x0 env
zynq-uboot> sf erase env 0x10000
SF: 65536 bytes @ 0x0 Erased: OK
zynq-uboot> sf write 0x100 env
device 0 offset 0x0, size 0x10000
SF: 65536 bytes @ 0x0 Written: OK
zynq-uboot> sf read 0x40000 env
device 0 offset 0x0, size 0x10000
SF: 65536 bytes @ 0x0 Read: OK
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Tested-by: Jagannadh Teki <jteki@openedev.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagannadh Teki <jteki@openedev.com>
Move common functions from cmd_nand.c (for calculating offset
and size from cmdline paramter) to common place, so they could
used from other commands which use mtd partitions.
For onenand the arg_off_size() is left in common/cmd_onenand.c.
It should use now the common arg_off() function, but as I could
not test onenand I let it there ...
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Acked-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagannadh Teki <jteki@openedev.com>
Add MTD layer driver for spi, original patch from:
http://git.denx.de/?p=u-boot/u-boot-mips.git;a=commitdiff;h=bb246819cdc90493dd7089eaa51b9e639765cced
Changes from Heiko Schocher against this patch:
- Remove compile error if not defining CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_MTD:
LD drivers/mtd/spi/built-in.o
drivers/mtd/spi/sf_probe.o: In function `spi_flash_mtd_unregister':
/home/hs/abb/imx6/u-boot/drivers/mtd/spi/sf_internal.h:168: multiple definition of `spi_flash_mtd_unregister'
drivers/mtd/spi/sf_params.o:/home/hs/abb/imx6/u-boot/drivers/mtd/spi/sf_internal.h:168: first defined here
drivers/mtd/spi/sf_ops.o: In function `spi_flash_mtd_unregister':
/home/hs/abb/imx6/u-boot/drivers/mtd/spi/sf_internal.h:168: multiple definition of `spi_flash_mtd_unregister'
drivers/mtd/spi/sf_params.o:/home/hs/abb/imx6/u-boot/drivers/mtd/spi/sf_internal.h:168: first defined here
make[1]: *** [drivers/mtd/spi/built-in.o] Fehler 1
make: *** [drivers/mtd/spi] Fehler 2
- Add a README entry.
- Add correct writebufsize, to fit with Linux v3.14
MTD, UBI/UBIFS sync.
Note (From Jagan): For testing raw mtd parition erase/read/write operations
using cmd_sf, sf_mtd should be required to register the spi flash device to
MTD layer but the sf_mtd_info ops were not required until and unless if we
use any flash filesystem layer say for example UBI. Due to this the foot-print
got increased ~290bytes in non-UBI case here that should be acceptible.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Tested-by: Jagannadh Teki <jteki@openedev.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagannadh Teki <jteki@openedev.com>
This sets the default commands Kconfig to match
include/config_cmd_default.h commands in the common/Kconfig and removes
them from include/configs.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
[trini: rastaban, am43xx_evm_usbhost_boot, am43xx_evm_ethboot updates]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This command needs to exist in the Kconfig so that it can be moved from
the config_cmd_default.h.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
This introduces the part start and part size sub-commands. The purpose of these
is to store the start block and size of a partition in a variable, given the
device and partition number.
This allows reading raw data that fits a single partition more easily.
For instance, this could be used to figure out the start block and size of a
kernel partition when a partition table is present, given the partition number.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
[trini: Change "%lx" to LBAF]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When we're polling and thus handling key-repeat in software, make sure
to disable idle reports, some keyboards may have these enabled by default
messing up our software keyrepeat.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
This allows using only one of either raw or fs mode for SPL mmc boot, without
the need to have provisions for the other. In particular, a device may have
U-Boot installed on a file system on the mmc, without ever needing to read
U-Boot from raw memory. Thus, there is no reason to provide a sector or
partition for raw mode. This allows this behaviour and still provides a robust
fallback mechanism in case provisions for both modes are defined.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Enable full 48-bit LBA48 data reads by passing the upper word of the
LBA block pointer in bytes 9 and 10 of the FIS.
This allows uboot to load data from any arbitrary sector on a drive
with 2 or more TB of available data connected to an AHCI controller.
Signed-off-by: Mark Langsdorf <mark.langsdorf@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <osp@andrep.de>
[trini: Make use of CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA in a few places to drop
warnings on platforms that don't enable that feature ]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
sometimes it is usefull to know if board-detection has
written the correct value into gd->board_type.
For this we add some output to the bdinfo command.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Schmelzer <oe5hpm@oevsv.at>
For 16-bit-per-pixel displays it is useful to support 8 bit-per-pixel
images to reduce image size. Add support for this when drawing BMP images.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We try to avoid typedefs and these ones are easy enough to remove. Before
changing this header in the next patch, remove the typedefs.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Suggested-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
This patch adds the feature to only stop the autobooting, and therefor
boot into the U-Boot prompt, when the input string / password matches
a values that is encypted via a SHA256 hash and saved in the environment.
This feature is enabled by defined these config options:
CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR_SHA256
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch moves the following config options to Kconfig:
CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
AUTOBOOT_KEYED_CTRLC
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Drop ip04 and pm9263 configs/ additions, those boards previously
set CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT but never used it, re-run savedefconfig over
all boards that did change. Make digsy_mtc_* string include seconds to
match others and not warn. ]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
These defines for a 2nd autoboot stop and delay string are nearly unused. Only
sc3 defines CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2. And a patch to remove this most likely
unmaintained board is also posted to the list.
By removing these defines the code will become cleaner and moving the remaining
compile options to Kconfig will get easier.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This fixes the following compiler warning:
In file included from tools/common/image-fit.c:1:0:
./tools/../common/image-fit.c: In function ‘fit_conf_print’:
./tools/../common/image-fit.c:1470:27: warning: logical not is only applied
to the left hand side of comparison [-Wlogical-not-parentheses]
(const char **)&uname) > 0;
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Before device-tree, the device serial number used to be passed to the kernel
using ATAGs (on ARM). This is now deprecated and all the handover to the kernel
should now be done using device-tree. Thus, this passes the serial-number
property to the kernel using the serial-number property of the root node, as
expected by the kernel.
The serial number is a string that somewhat represents the device's serial
number. It might come from some form of storage (e.g. an eeprom) and be
programmed at factory-time by the manufacturer or come from identification
bits available in e.g. the SoC.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sgj@chromium.org>
Eliminate the following build warning in atapi_inquiry():
"warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type [enabled by default]"
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This also selects CONFIG_NET for any CONFIG_CMD_NET board.
Remove the imx default for CONFIG_NET.
This moves the config that was defined by 60296a8 (commands: add more
command entries in Kconfig).
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Another shell scripting command that has not been moved.
Moved using tools/moveconfig.py using these settings:
CMD_SETEXPR bool n y
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The usb-kbd key repeat code assumes that reports get repeated every 40 ms,
this is never true when using CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL_VIA_CONTROL_EP, and
does not always works for CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL and
CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL_VIA_INT_QUEUE since not all usb keyboards honor
the usb_set_idle() command.
For CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL we must use usb_set_idle() since we do a
blocking wait for the hid report, so if we do not tell the keyboard to send
a hid report every 40ms even if nothing changes then we will block u-boot
for 1s (the default u-boot usb interrupt packet timeout). Note that in this
case on keyboards which do not support usb_set_idle() we loose and we actually
get 1s latencies on other u-boot activities.
For the other poll-methods this commit stops using usb_set_idle() and instead
repeats the last received hid-report every 40 ms as long as no new hid-report
is received. This fixes key-repeat not working at all with
CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL_VIA_CONTROL_EP and fixes it not working with
keyboards which do not implement usb_set_idle() when using
CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL_VIA_INT_QUEUE.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
common/image.c currently implicitly depends on CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS
when CONFIG_ARM is enabled. Make this requirement explicit.
Signed-off-by: Matt Porter <mporter@konsulko.com>
gd->ram_size is stored as phys_size_t type which can be bigger than an
unsigned long on some architectures. When using unsigned long type,
SDRAM of 4GiB or larger will not print the correct size, but using
phys_size_t will.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Bradford <andrew.bradford@kodakalaris.com>
This introduces a distinction between return codes that are read bytes counts
and errors. Read bytes counts are erroneous when null (no data was read) while
errors are erroneous when non-null.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Tested-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
bootm_find_ramdisk_fdt() renamed to bootm_find_images() for readability.
The function bootm_find_ramdisk_fdt() appears to be a simple wrapper for
bootm_find_ramdisk(), bootm_find_fdt(), and now bootm_find_loadables().
I didn't see any other callers entering a bootm_find<thing>, so removing
the wrapper, and condensing these together hopefully makes the code a
little simpler.
Signed-off-by: Karl Apsite <Karl.Apsite@dornerworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Added a trimmed down instance of boot_get_<thing>() to satisfy the
minimum requierments of the added feature. The function follows the
normal patterns set by other boot_get<thing>'s, which should make it a
bit easier to combine them all together into one boot_get_image()
function in a later refactor.
Documentation for the new function can be found in source:
include/image.h
Signed-off-by: Karl Apsite <Karl.Apsite@dornerworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Added FIT_LOADABLE_PROP, so the user can identify an optional entry
named "loadables" in their .its configuration. "loadables" is a comma
separated list in the .its
Documentation can be found in doc/uImage.FIT/source_file_format.txt and
doc/uImage.Fit/multi-with-loadables.its
Signed-off-by: Karl Apsite <Karl.Apsite@dornerworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add an error message that gets passed to set_default_env() like
env_nand implements. This message is displayed to the user as the
reason for falling back to the default environment.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Previously, if the menu activated by the 'sysboot' command gets
interrupted by a Ctrl-C, the behaviour is as if the menu timeout was
reached - i.e. boot the default menu entry. This patch fixes that
so a Ctrl-C now terminates the command as the user would expect.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Previously, a NULL pointer dereference would occur if the 'sysboot'
command is executed without any arguments.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
91199f4a5a broke mmc based Falcon mode.
The block_read function returns the number of blocks read thus the error
check needs to look for a return of 0 blocks read.
Cc: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Acked-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
We already could tell the difference in the callback between an import
and "other" which we called interactive. Now add further distinction
between interactive (i.e. running env set / env edit / env ask / etc.
from the U-Boot command line) and programmatic (i.e. when u-boot source
calls any variant of setenv() ).
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Allow the features that use env_attrs to specify regexs for the name
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In some cases it can be helpful to have context in the callback about
the calling situation. This is needed for following patches.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The logic to find the whole matching name was split needlessly between
the reverse_strstr function and its caller. Fully contain it to make the
interface for calling it more consistent.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
This function returned numbers for error codes. Change them to error
codes.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
On my A10 OlinuxIno Lime I noticed a huge (5+ seconds) delay coming from
console_init_r. This turns out to be caused by the preconsole buffer flushing
to the cfb_console. The Lime only has a 16 bit memory bus and that is already
heavy used to scan out the 1920x1080 framebuffer.
The problem is that print_pre_console_buffer() was printing the buffer once
character at a time and the cfb_console code then ends up doing a cache-flush
for touched display lines for each character.
This commit fixes this by first building a 0 terminated buffer and then
printing it in one puts() call, avoiding unnecessary cache flushes.
This changes the time for the flush from 5+ seconds to not noticable.
The downside of this approach is that the pre-console buffer needs to fit
on the stack, this is not that much to ask since we are talking about plain
text here. This commit also adjusts the sunxi CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ to
actually fit on the stack. Sunxi currently is the only user of the pre-console
code so no other boards need to be adjusted.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The readenv() implementation of env_nand uses the mtd layer which is
unnecessary overhead in SPL when we already have a nand_spl_load_image()
function that doesn't need it. Using this instead eliminates the need
to provide a mtd_read for SPL env as well as reduces code (4KB savings in IMX6
SPL).
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Acked-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
This commit cleanups the regulator command.
The first change, is adjusting "regulator dev" command to use
"regulator-name" constraint, for setting the operating device.
Thanks to this, the regulator_get() function is removed.
This also updates do_list() function, with loop over uclass_find_*
function calls, to prevent probe of all listed regulators.
This also cleanups the printing in command.
Signed-off-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested on sandbox:
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This commit cleanups the use of function: failed().
The new function name is: failure(), and it is used
for print errno and the errno-related message only.
The second change is choosing PMIC device by it's name,
instead of seq number. Thanks to this change, for set
the current device, call of pmic_get() is enough.
Signed-off-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested on sandbox:
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This command is based on driver model regulator's API.
The user interface provides:
- list UCLASS regulator devices
- show or [set] operating regulator device
- print constraints info
- print operating status
- print/[set] voltage value [uV] (force)
- print/[set] current value [uA]
- print/[set] operating mode id
- enable the regulator output
- disable the regulator output
The 'force' option can be used for setting the value which exceeds
the constraints min/max limits.
Signed-off-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is new command for the PMIC devices based on driver model PMIC API.
Command features are unchanged:
- list UCLASS pmic devices
- show or [set] operating pmic device (NEW)
- dump registers
- read byte of register at address
- write byte to register at address
The only one change for this command is 'dev' subcommand.
Signed-off-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This command was missed in the conversion. Add it back for driver model.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Provide a function to detect USB device insertion/removal in order to
avoid having to do USB enumeration in a tight loop when trying to detect
peripheral hotplugging.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Palatin <vpalatin@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Reinauer <reinauer@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Stefan Reinauer <reinauer@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Short circuit the retry loop in legacy_hub_port_reset() by returning an
error from usb_control_msg() when a device was handed over to a companion
by the ehci code. This avoids trying to reset low / fullspeed devices 5
times needlessly. Also do not print an error when a device has been handed
over.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Propagate the error returned by submit_control_msg() rather then always
returning -EIO when the hcd code indicates an error.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
The setexpr command used to segfault when accessing memory in sandbox.
The pointer accesses should be mapped.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
During the Kconfig conversion one of the changes was missed.
CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R should be CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR since we want the
address.
Reported-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For digital displays (such as EDP LCDs) we would like to read the EDID
information and use that to set display timings. Provide a function to do
this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
As this board seems to be unmaintained for quite some time, and its
not moved to the generic board ingrastructure, lets remove it.
This will also enable us to remove the CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
and CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2 macros, as this sc3 board is the
only one using one of this macros. A removal patch will follow
soon.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Juergen Beisert <jbeisert@eurodsn.de>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Introduced in change d20a40de9d
"Roll crc32 into hash infrastructure"
The crc32 command with no -v expects an optional 3rd argument to be an
address to store the result in. With the -v switch, the last argument
is a crc, not an address. In the case where -v is set, we should set the
HASH_FLAG_ENV flag since that will first look for the value to be a
digest value, which matches the expected API for the crc32 command.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Introduced in change d20a40de9d
"Roll crc32 into hash infrastructure"
Use a consistent define to enable the verify feature in crc32 command.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fix the usage info from:
part part uuid <interface> <dev>:<part>
to
part uuid <interface> <dev>:<part>
Signed-off-by: Maxin B. John <maxin.john@enea.com>
Reviewed-By: Sjoerd Simons <sjoerd.simons@collabora.co.uk
This refactors spl_mmc_load_image to use a switch/case structure and easier
to understand spl_start_uboot checks. This also introduces some more automatic
fallback on the next mmc boot mode as long as it keeps failing.
Lines that go beyond 80 chars are also reduced by reducing the number of tabs.
Debug and error strings are refctored to match a common style.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
[trini: Fix a thinko in the SPL_EXT_SUPPORT + SPL_OS conversion, make part be
__maybe_unused]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The two tools that create android boot images, mkbootimg and the fastboot
client, set the kernel address by default to 0x10008000.
U-boot always honors this field, and will try to relocate the kernel to
whatever value is set in the header, which won't be mapped to the actual RAM on
most platforms, resulting in the kernel obviously not booting.
All the targets in U-Boot right now will download the android boot image to
CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR, which means that it will already have been downloaded to
some location that is suitable for execution.
In order to have the kernel booting even with the default boot image kernel
address, if that address is used, just execute the kernel where it is.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
This fixes descriptor reading of lowspeed devices through ohci not working.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Adjust this command so that it supports using driver model for I2C, i.e.
CONFIG_DM_I2C. This will permit it to be used in sandbox also.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rename this function so that it is clear that it is provided by the RTC.
Also return an error when it cannot function as expected. This is unlikely
to occur since it works for dates since 1752 and many RTCs do not support
such old dates. Still it is better to be accurate.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Change this function name to something more descriptive. Also return a
failure code if it cannot calculate a correct value.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This permits init of additional CPU cores after relocation and when driver
model is ready.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add a simple command which provides access to a list of available CPUs along
with descriptions and basic information.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This adds NAND boot support for LS2085AQDS, using SPL framework.
Details of forming NAND image can be found in README.
Signed-off-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
[York Sun: Remove +S from defconfig after commit 252ed872]
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Some RTC chips tend to set garbage date after reset.
This patch sets the date to 2000-01-01 00:00 immediatelly
after the RTC chip reset is issued using the "date reset"
command.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
During booting, IFC is mapped to low region. After booting up, IFC is
remapped to high region for larger space. The environmental variables are
also stored at high region. In order to read the variables during booting,
a virtual mapping is required.
Cache was enabled for entire IFC space before. Actually the first two
entries are big enough (4MB) to cover the boot code and environmental
variables. Remove extra entries. Move OCRAM entry out of ifdef.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Otherwise the high 32 bits get truncated on 64-bit U-boot.
Signed-off-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
There is little reason to split these two functions. Bring them together
which simplifies the init sequence.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch extends the U-Boot "led" command to support automatic blinking
by setting a blink frequency in milliseconds. Additionally the number of
supported LEDs is increased to 6 (0...5).
This will be used by the PCA9551 LED driver.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Current driver assumes the AHCI is connected to PCI, this is not
true on some SoCs, e.g. LS1021A, which has PCI but the AHCI is
in SoC. This patch will enable embedded AHCI devices on platforms
with PCI.
PCI AHCI devices still can be used by commenting CONFIG_SCSI_AHCI_PLAT
option in head file.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Tang Yuantian <Yuantian.Tang@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add gzwrite command to write gzip-compressed images to block devices.
Input must be gzip-compressed according to RFC1952, since the crc
and file size in the trailer will be confirmed during operation.
The decompressed file size must be specified on the command line
for images with decompressed sizes >= 4GiB because the trailer
only contains the low 32 bits of the original file size.
Signed-off-by: Eric Nelson <eric.nelson@boundarydevices.com>
Add 'fdt_fixup_display' function to fixup device-tree native-mode property
of display-timings node to select timings for a specific display.
This is useful if a device-tree has configurations for multiple
display timings for undetectable displays.
see kernel Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/display-timing.txt
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
On SoCFPGA, using "sf update" with an non-4byte aligned length leads
to a hangup (and reboot via watchdog). This is because of the unaligned
access in the cadence QSPI driver which is hard to prevent since the
data is written into a 4-byte wide FIFO. This patch fixes this problem
by changing the behavior of the last sector write (not sector aligned).
The new code is even simpler and copies the source data into the temp
buffer and now uses the temp buffer to write the complete sector. So
only one SPI sector write is used now instead of 2 in the old version.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Gerlando Falauto <gerlando.falauto@keymile.com>
Cc: Valentin Longchamp <valentin.longchamp@keymile.com>
Cc: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@keymile.com>
Acked-by: Gerlando Falauto <gerlando.falauto@keymile.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jagannadh.teki@gmail.com>
two CMD_DNS options were added by commit 60296a835c ("commands: add more
command entries in Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Andrey Skvortsov <andrej.skvortzov@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
When accessing PHY registers it is often desirable to only update
selected bits, so it is necessary to first read the current value
before writing back an modified value with the relevant bits
updated.
To simplify this and to allow such operations to be incorporated
into simple shell scripts propose adding a 'modify' option to the
existing mii command, which takes a mask indicating the bits to
be updated in addition to a data value containing the new bits,
ie, <updated> = (<data> & <mask>) | (<current> & ~<mask>).
Signed-off-by: Tim <tim.james@macltd.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@gmail.com>
Cc: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Tim <tim.james@macltd.com>
Properly map memory through map_sysmem so that pxe can be used from the
sandbox.
Tested in sandbox as well as on jetson-tk1, odroid-xu3, snow as peach-pi
boards
Signed-off-by: Sjoerd Simons <sjoerd.simons@collabora.co.uk>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A common pattern to check if a certain device exists (e.g. in
config_distro_bootcmd) is to use: <interface> dev [device]
Implement host dev [device] so this pattern can be used for sandbox host
devices.
Signed-off-by: Sjoerd Simons <sjoerd.simons@collabora.co.uk>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As suggested by Simon Glass, rename the sb command to host but keep the
old sb command as an alias
Signed-off-by: Sjoerd Simons <sjoerd.simons@collabora.co.uk>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When driver model is used for Ethernet a few functions are passed a udevice
instead of an eth_device. Also add a function to find a PHY type given its
name. This will be used to decode the device tree node.
Finally, put a phy_interface field in struct eth_pdata since this is an
important part of the platform data for Ethernet.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Finish eliminating CamelCase from net.c and other failures
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Make a thorough pass through all variables and function names contained
within common/cmd_net.c and remove CamelCase and improve naming.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Make a thorough pass through all variables and function names contained
within dns.c and remove CamelCase and improve naming.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Make a thorough pass through all variables and function names contained
within cdp.c and remove CamelCase and improve naming.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Make a thorough pass through all variables and function names contained
within tftp and remove CamelCase and improve naming.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Remove CamelCase variable naming.
Move the definition to the same compilation unit as the primary use.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The variables around the bootfile were inconsistent and used CamelCase.
Update them to make the code more readable.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch is simply clean-up to make the IPv4 type that is used match
what Linux uses. It also attempts to move all variables that are IP
addresses use good naming instead of CamelCase. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Allow USB keyboards to work with driver model. The main difference is that
we can have multiple buses (each with its own device numbering) and each
bus must be scanned.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Before adding driver model support, split out code from this over-long
function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Add support for scanning USB storage devices with driver model. This mostly
involves adding a USB device ID for storage devices.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The usb_stor_scan() function is quite long, so split out the code that scans
each device into its own function. Also, rather than setting up the block
device list once at the start, set it up as each device is scanned. This
makes it possible to use this code from driver model.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
With a few tweaks we can compile this code with sandbox and enable testing
of the USB storage layer.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The for() loop is not needed since the value is immediately accessible.
Use this instead to simplify the code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This function assumes that unsigned long is 32-bits wide, but it is not
on 64-bit machines. Use the correct type, and add a few debug() lines also.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
These are better off in a header file so they can be used by other code (e.g.
the sandbox USB storage emulator).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Adjust the existing hub code to support driver model, and add a USB driver
for hubs.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Split out the hub detection logic so it can be used by driver model. Also
adjust the code to return errors correctly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Add the required #ifdefs and remove unwanted data structures so that the
USB uclass will be able to use this file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This function now calls usb_setup_device() to set up the device and
usb_hub_probe() to check if it is a hub. The XHCI special case is now a
parameter to usb_setup_device(). The latter will be used by the USB uclass
when it is added, since it does not rely on any CONFIGs or legacy data
structures.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Bug-fixes for descriptor reading and usb_new_device() return value
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Move the code that sets up the device with a new address into its own
function, usb_prepare_device().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
usb_new_device() is far too long and does far too much. As a first step, move
the code that does initial setup and reads a descriptor into its own function
called usb_setup_descriptor().
For XHCI the init order is different - we set up the device but don't
actually read the descriptor until after we set an address. Support this
option as a parameter to usb_setup_descriptor().
Avoid changing this torturous code more than necessary to make it easy to
review.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Move the port reset code into its own function. Rename usb_hub_reset() to
indicate that is is now a legacy function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Adjust this command to work with the new driver model uclass. It needs to
iterate through multiple independent controllers to find hubs, and work
through their children recursively in a different way. Otherwise the
functionality is much the same.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This function returns NULL on error at present. Adjust it so that we can
return a real error, as is needed with driver model. Also improve the
error handling in its caller, usb_hub_port_connect_change(), and adjust
the code order to prepare for driver model.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Use 'udev' instead of 'dev' in a few places, reserving 'dev' for driver
model's struct udevice. Also adjust the code in a few minor ways to make
it easier to plumb in driver model.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Convert this driver over to use driver model. Since all x86 platforms use
it, move x86 to use driver model for SPI and SPI flash. Adjust all dependent
code and remove the old x86 spi_init() function.
Note that this does not make full use of the new PCI uclass as yet. We still
scan the bus looking for the device. It should move to finding its details
in the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The return codes in common/cmd_net.c had a number of inconsistencies.
Update them to all use the enum from command.h
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This value is not used by the network stack and is available in the
global data, so stop passing it around. For the one legacy function
that still expects it (init op on old Ethernet drivers) pass in the
global pointer version directly to avoid changing that interface.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reported-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
(Trival fix to remove an unneeded variable declaration in 4xx_enet.c)
In the case where the arch defines a custom map_sysmem(), make sure that
including just mapmem.h is sufficient to have these functions as they
are when the arch does not override it.
Also split the non-arch specific functions out of common.h
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait mode or even if it
is mounted landscape but rotated by 180 degrees, we need to rotate our content
of the display respectively the framebuffer, so that user can read the messages
which are printed out.
For this we introduce the feature called "CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION", this may be
defined in the board-configuration if needed. After this the lcd_console will
be initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of "vidinfo_t" which is
provided by the board specific code.
If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be initialized with
0 degrees rotation.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Petermaier <hannes.petermaier@br-automation.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Petermaier <oe5hpm@oevsv.at>
Acked-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
[agust: fixed 'struct vidinfo' has no member named 'vl_rot' errors]
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
For coming implementation of lcd_console rotation, we will need some more
variables for holding information about framebuffer size, rotation, ...
For better readability we catch all them into a common structure.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Petermaier <hannes.petermaier@br-automation.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Petermaier <oe5hpm@oevsv.at>
Acked-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Don't call the lcd_getfgcolor and lcd_getbgcolor within the "draw-loop", this
only wastes time.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Petermaier <hannes.petermaier@br-automation.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Petermaier <oe5hpm@oevsv.at>
Acked-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
the capability of drawing some *str with count from lcd_drawchars is unnary.
It is always called from lcd_putc_xy with one character of and count = 1.
So we simply rename lcd_drawchars into lcd_putc_xy and remove the loops inside.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Petermaier <hannes.petermaier@br-automation.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Petermaier <oe5hpm@oevsv.at>
Acked-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Add a uclass for PCI controllers and a generic one for PCI devices. Adjust
the 'pci' command and the existing PCI support to work with this new uclass.
Keep most of the compatibility code in a separate file so that it can be
removed one day.
TODO: Add more header file comments to the new parts of pci.h
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a convenience function to access the private data that a uclass stores
for each of its devices. Convert over most existing uses for consistency
and to provide an example for others.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since driver model is set up after arch_cpu_init(), that function cannot
use drivers. Add a new arch_cpu_init_dm() function which is called
immediately after driver model is ready, and can reference devices.
This can be used to probe essential devices for the CPU.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Implement an alias name check for devices where GPT limitations prevent
user-friendly partition names such as "boot", "system" and "cache". Or,
where the actual partition name doesn't match a standard partition name
used commonly with fastboot.
To set an alias, add an environment setting as follows:
fastboot_partition_alias_<alias partition name>=<actual partition name>
Example: fastboot_partition_alias_boot=LNX
Signed-off-by: Michael Scott <michael.scott@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Steve Rae <srae@broadcom.com>
Cc: Steve Rae <srae@broadcom.com>
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
trigger watchdog before calling usb_gadget_handle_interrupts()
This prevents board resets when calling dfu command on boards
which have a watchdog.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
[ Reedition by Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com> to apply to
v2014.04 release ]
USB Mass Storage is the standard name, so let's use it here.
Suggested-by: Soeren Moch <smoch@web.de>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This patch invokes board-specific USB cleanup (board_usb_cleanup)
function in the mass storage gadget
Signed-off-by: Inha Song <ideal.song@samsung.com>
Since we support multiple dwc3 controllers to be existent at the same
time, in order to handle the interrupts of a particular dwc3 controller
usb_gadget_handle_interrutps should take controller index as an
argument.
Hence the API of usb_gadget_handle_interrupts is modified to take
controller index as an argument and made the corresponding changes to all
the usb_gadget_handle_interrupts calls.
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Invoked board_usb_cleanup for cleaning up initialized USB. It
will be invoked if the user enterts ctrl-C.
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Some USB devices break the spec and require longer warm-up times. Allow
the usb_pgood_delay env variable to override the calculated time.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
When fetching the first descriptor from a new device, only validate that
we received at least 8 bytes, not that we received the entire descriptor.
The reasoning is:
- The code only uses fields in the first 8 bytes, so that's all we need
to have fetched at this stage.
- The smallest maxpacket size is 8 bytes. Before we know the actual
maxpacket the device uses, the USB controller may only accept a single
packet (see the DWC2 note in the comment added in the commit).
Consequently we are only guaranteed to receive 1 packet (at least 8
bytes) even in a non-error case.
Fixes: 1a7758044b04 ("usb: Early failure when the first descriptor read
fails or is invalid")
Cc: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
This may happen when using an USB1 device on a controller that only supports
USB2 (e.g. EHCI). Reading the first descriptor will fail (read 0 byte), so we
can abort the process at this point instead of failing later and wasting time.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
This checks that a new USB device is correctly initialized and frees it if not.
In addition, this doesn't report that USB was started when no device was found.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
This patch fixes USB storage capacity detection breakage on 64-bit systems
which arises due to 'unsigned long' length difference. Old code assumes that
to be 32 bit and breaks because of inappropriate response buffer layout.
Also this fixes a number of build warnings and changes big-endian values
treatment style to be architecture-independent
Signed-off-by: Sergey Temerkhanov <s.temerkhanov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Radha Mohan Chintakuntla <rchintakuntla@cavium.com>
Mass storage is not necessary present on interface 0. This
patch allow usb_stor_scan to look in every available interface.
Signed-off-by: Franck Jullien <franck.jullien@gmail.com>
The ARM reference designs all use a special flash image format
that stores a footer (two versions exist) at the end of the last
erase block of the image in flash memory.
Version one of the footer is indicated by the magic number
0xA0FFFF9F at 12 bytes before the end of the flash block and
version two is indicated by the magic number 0x464F4F54 0x464C5348
(ASCII for "FLSHFOOT") in the very last 8 bytes of the erase block.
This command driver implements support for both versions of the
AFS images (the name comes from the Linux driver in drivers/mtd/afs.c)
and makes it possible to list images and load an image by name into
the memory with these commands:
afs - lists flash contents
afs load <image> - loads image to address indicated in the image
afs load <image> <addres> - loads image to a specified address
This image scheme is used on the ARM Integrator family, ARM
Versatile family, ARM RealView family (not yet supported in U-Boot)
and ARM Versatile Express family up to and including the new
Juno board for 64 bit development.
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
The ubi check command is expected to not fail and just check whether
a volume exist or not. Currently, when a volume does not exist, the
command fails which leads to an error:
"exit not allowed from main input shell."
Use 1 to indicate that a volume does not exist. This allows to use
ubi check in an if statement, e.g.
if ubi check rootfs; then; echo "exists"; else; echo "not there"; fi
introduce CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE.
An SPL which define this will panic() if the
image it has loaded does not have a mkimage
signature.
Signed-off-by: Albert ARIBAUD (3ADEV) <albert.aribaud@3adev.fr>
With e37f1eb we now use strict_strtoul() in do_mem_mtest() and this
gives us a warning:
../include/vsprintf.h:38:5: note: expected 'long unsigned int *' but
argument is of type 'int *'
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The u-boot environment is redundantly stored in a NOR flash on our boards.
Redundant means that there are two places to store the environment. But only
one of the two is active. I discovered that on one board the u-boot (env_sf)
uses the environment from the second place and the Kernel (fw_printenv) uses
the environment from the first place.
To decide which is the active environment there is a byte inside the
environment. 1 means active and 0 means obsolete. But on that board both
environments had have a 1. This can happen if a power loss or reset occurs
during writing the environment. In this situation the u-boot (env_sf)
implementation uses the second environment as default. But the Kernel
(fw_printenv) implementation uses the first environment as default.
This commit corrects the default in the u-boot env_sf implementation when a
problem was detected. Now the recovery default is the same like in all other
environment implementations. E.g. fw_printenv and env_flash. This ensures that
u-boot and Kernel use the same environment.
Signed-off-by: Mario Schuknecht <mario.schuknecht@dresearch-fe.de>
Intention behind this work was elimination of as much assembly-written
code as it is possible.
In case of ARC we already have relocation fix-up implemented in C so why
don't we use C for U-Boot copying, .bss zeroing etc.
It turned out x86 uses pretty similar approach so we re-used parts of
code in "board_f.c" initially implemented for x86.
Now assembly usage during init is limited to stack- and frame-pointer
setup before and after relocation.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This command is only enabled by one board, complicates the NAND code,
and doesn't appear to have been functioning properly for several
years. If there are no bad blocks in the NAND region being written
nand_write_skip_bad() will take the shortcut of calling nand_write()
which bypasses the special yaffs handling. This causes invalid YAFFS
data to be written. See
http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2011-September/102830.html for
an example and a potential workaround.
U-Boot still retains the ability to mount and access YAFFS partitions
via CONFIG_YAFFS2.
Signed-off-by: Peter Tyser <ptyser@xes-inc.com>
Previously NAND writes were only verified when CONFIG_MTD_NAND_VERIFY_WRITE
was defined. On boards without this define writes could fail silently.
Boards with CONFIG_MTD_NAND_VERIFY_WRITE could prematurely report
failures which ECC could correct.
Add a verification step after all "nand write[.x]" commands to ensure the
writes were successful. The verification uses ECC for for "normal"
writes, but does not for raw and yaffs writes. Some test cases which
inject fake bad bits on a 2K page flash are below.
Test cases with CONFIG_MTD_NAND_VERIFY_WRITE defined:
Example of an ECC write which previously failed when
CONFIG_MTD_NAND_VERIFY_WRITE was defined, but now succeeds because ECC
is used during verification:
nand erase 0 0x10000
dhcp /somefile
mw.b 0x10000 0xff 0x2000
mw.b 0x10020 0xfe 1
nand write.raw 0x10000 0x800 1
mw.b 0x1000020 0x01 1
nand write 0x1000000 0x800 0x1800
Test cases without CONFIG_MTD_NAND_VERIFY_WRITE defined:
Example of an ECC write which previously silently failed:
nand erase 0 0x10000
dhcp /somefile
mw.b 0x10000 0xff 0x2000
mw.b 0x10020 0x00 1
nand write.raw 0x10000 0x800 1
mw.b 0x1000020 0xff 1
nand write 0x1000000 0x800 0x1800
Example of a raw write which previously failed silently due to stuck
data bit, but now errors out:
nand erase 0 0x10000
dhcp /somefile
mw.b 0x10000 0xff 0x2000
mw.b 0x10020 0xfe 1
nand write.raw 0x10000 0x800 1
mw.b 0x1000020 0x01 1
nand write.raw 0x1000000 0x800 3
Example of a raw write which previously failed silently due to stuck OOB
bit, but now errors out:
nand erase 0 0x10000
dhcp /somefile
mw.b 0x10000 0xff 0x2000
mw.b 0x10810 0xfe 1
nand write.raw 0x10000 0x800 1
mw.b 0x1000810 0x01 1
nand write.raw 0x1000000 0x800 3
Signed-off-by: Peter Tyser <ptyser@xes-inc.com>
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Fix eb_cpu5282 and eb_cpu5282_internal unresolved external error.
These boards have video but don't need any ppc related
video_setmem().
Fix M53017EVB moving away embedded env to a different offset,
as in M52277EVB.
Signed-off-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
Purpose of this change is to make it possible to re-use code currently
used on X86 solely for other architectures. For example:
* init_sequence_f_r
* board_init_f_r
Even though board_init_f_mem() has nothing to do with any particular
architecture it won't work (at least in current implementation) for X86.
This is because on X86 "gd" is an alias to function get_fs_gd_ptr(),
thus we cannot assign anything to it.
So this change separates selection of board_init_f_mem() from X86 while
keeping it disabled for X86 still.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add an optional -bootable parameter to the part list commands to only
put the list of bootable partitions in the environment variable
Signed-off-by: Sjoerd Simons <sjoerd.simons@collabora.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Various files are needlessly rebuilt every time due to the version and
build time changing. As version.h is not actually needed, remove the
include.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Cc: Albert Aribaud <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Cc: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Cc: Macpaul Lin <macpaul@andestech.com>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@yahoo.fr>
Cc: Eric Jarrige <eric.jarrige@armadeus.org>
Cc: "David Müller" <d.mueller@elsoft.ch>
Cc: Phil Edworthy <phil.edworthy@renesas.com>
Cc: Robert Baldyga <r.baldyga@samsung.com>
Cc: Torsten Koschorrek <koschorrek@synertronixx.de>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Łukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Without this patch, the IMX watchdog will not be initialized. And therefor
not active. This patch fixes this by calling hw_watchdog_init() also when
CONFIG_IMX_WATCHDOG is defined.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Added support to disable the start of application by using
a environment variable autostart
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This commit introduces new config: CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_CLEAR_ON_INIT.
This config is an expert option and is enabled by default.
The all amount of memory reserved for the malloc, is by default set
to zero in mem_malloc_init(). When the malloc reserved memory exceeds
few MiB, then the boot process can slow down.
So disabling this config, is an expert option to reduce the boot time,
and can be disabled by Kconfig.
Note:
After disable this option, only calloc() will return the pointer
to the zeroed memory area. Previously, without this option,
the memory pointed to untouched malloc memory region, was filled
with zeros. So it means, that code with malloc() calls should
be reexamined.
Signed-off-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently the usage text for the 'ums' command looks like this:
Usage:
ums ums <USB_controller> [<devtype>] <devnum> e.g. ums 0 mmc 0
,so remove the extra 'ums' in the text.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
In case of global data structure defined as "register volatile" compiler
throws an warning about incorrect type used:
--->8---
common/board_f.c: In function "board_init_f_r":
common/board_f.c:1073:2: warning: passing argument 1 of "&board_init_r
+(sizetype)gd->reloc_off" discards "volatile" qualifier from pointer
target type [enabled by default]
(board_init_r + gd->reloc_off)(gd, gd->relocaddr);
^
common/board_f.c:1073:2: note: expected "struct gd_t *" but argument is
of type "volatile struct gd_t *"
--->8---
An obvious fix is manual casting to "gd_t *".
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
running "spl export ..." more than once fails with:
Trying to execute a command out of order
Trying to execute a command out of order
Trying to execute a command out of order
Trying to execute a command out of order
Trying to execute a command out of order
Trying to execute a command out of order
ERROR prep subcommand failed!
Subcommand failed
reason is commmit:
35fc84fa1f: Refactor the bootm command to reduce code duplication
It used "state != BOOTM_STATE_START" but state is a bitfield, so
check if the bit BOOTM_STATE_START is not set. With this fix,
"spl export ..." can called more than once ...
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch adds generic board support for MCF547X/8X and MCF5445X.
It is based on the patch about common generic board support for
M68K architecture sent by Angelo.
Signed-off-by: Alison Wang <alison.wang@freescale.com>
Remove duplicate command names in usage messages to fix issues such as:
=> help yls
yls - yaffs ls
Usage:
yls yls [-l] dirname
Signed-off-by: Peter Tyser <ptyser@xes-inc.com>
Sometimes we do not want redirect u-boot's console to screen but anyway we want
write out some status information out of a u-boot script to the display.
So we cannot use the normal "echo ....", instead we write explicitly using
"lcdputs ..." for writing to the actual cursor position on LCD.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Petermaier <oe5hpm@oevsv.at>
Sometimes we do not want redirect u-boot's console to screen but anyway we want
write out some status information out of a u-boot script to the display.
To define the specific position of the string to be written, we have to set
the cursor with "setcurs" before writing.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Petermaier <oe5hpm@oevsv.at>
Currently, an environment variable must be used to store the randomly
generated UUID for each partition. This is not necessary, so make storing
the UUID optional. Now passing uuid_disk and uuid are optional when random
UUIDs are enabled.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com>
The gpt command always reports success even if writing the partition table
failed. Propagate the return value of gpt_restore so we get proper status
reported.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com>
Fix the name appearing in menuconfig for memtest command
Signed-off-by: Nikolaos Pasaloukos <Nikolaos.Pasaloukos@imgtec.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com
At present SPL uses a single stack, either CONFIG_SPL_STACK or
CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR. Since some SPL features (such as MMC and
environment) require a lot of stack, some boards set CONFIG_SPL_STACK to
point into SDRAM. They then set up SDRAM very early, before board_init_f(),
so that the larger stack can be used.
This is an abuse of lowlevel_init(). That function should only be used for
essential start-up code which cannot be delayed. An example of a valid use is
when only part of the SPL code is visible/executable, and the SoC must be set
up so that board_init_f() can be reached. It should not be used for SDRAM
init, console init, etc.
Add a CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R option, which allows the stack to be moved to a new
address before board_init_r() is called in SPL.
The expected SPL flow (for CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK) is documented in the README.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For version 1:
Acked-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Acked-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Some systems have so much RAM that the end of RAM is beyond 4GB. An
example would be a Tegra124 system (where RAM starts at 2GB physical)
that has more than 2GB of RAM.
In this case, we can gd->ram_size to represent the actual RAM size, so
that the actual RAM size is passed to the OS. This is useful if the OS
implements LPAE, and can actually use the "extra" RAM.
However, U-Boot does not implement LPAE and so must deal with 32-bit
physical addresses. To this end, we enhance board_get_usable_ram_top() to
detect the "over-sized" case, and limit the relocation addres so that it
fits into 32-bits of physical address space.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Currently only normal hashing is supported using hardware acceleration.
Added support for progressive hashing using hardware.
Signed-off-by: Ruchika Gupta <ruchika.gupta@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Gaurav Rana <gaurav.rana@freescale.com>
CC: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
This patch does the following:
1. The function names for encapsulation and decapsulation
were inconsitent in freescale's implementation and cmd_blob file.
This patch corrects the issues.
2. The function protopye is also modified to change the length parameter
from u8 to u32 to allow encapsulation and decapsulation of larger images.
3. Modified the description of km paramter in the command usage for better
readability.
Signed-off-by: Gaurav Rana <gaurav.rana@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Ruchika Gupta <ruchika.gupta@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
If the string is copied without NULL termination using strncpy(),
then strncat() on the next line, may concatenate the string after
some stale (or random) data, if the response string was not
zero-initialized.
Signed-off-by: Dileep Katta <dileep.katta@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Steve Rae <srae@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Add a check for USB cable attached and only enter fastboot when a cable
is attached.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Steve Rae <srae@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Adds the fastboot erase functionality, to erase a partition
specified by name. The erase is performed based on erase group size,
to avoid erasing other partitions. The start address and the size
is aligned to the erase group size for this.
Currently only supports erasing from eMMC.
Signed-off-by: Dileep Katta <dileep.katta@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Now CONFIG_SPL_BUILD is not defined in Kconfig, so
"!depends on SPL_BUILD" and "if !SPL_BUILD" are redundant.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
The SD/MMC version scheme was buggy when dealing with standard
major.minor.change cases. Fix it by using something similar to
the linux's kernel versioning method.
Signed-off-by: Pantelis Antoniou <pantelis.antoniou@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reported-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
I2C chips do exist that require a write of some multi-byte data to occur in
a single bus transaction (aka atomic transfer), otherwise either the write
does not come into effect at all, or normal operation of internal circuitry
cannot be guaranteed. The current implementation of the 'i2c write' command
(transfer of multiple bytes from a memory buffer) in fact performs a separate
transaction for each byte to be written and thus cannot support such types of
I2C slave devices.
This patch provides an alternative by allowing 'i2c write' to execute the
write transfer of the given number of bytes in a single bus transaction if
the '-s' option is specified as a final command argument. Else the current
re-addressing method is used.
Signed-off-by: Lubomir Popov <l-popov@ti.com>
hs: adapt to CONFIG_DM_I2C
If the i2c driver returns an error status, error out immediately.
Continuing the loop just results in printing error messages
again and again.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If you want to inspect the control device tree using the fdt command,
the "fdt address -c" command previously unhelpfully printed the phys
memory address of the device tree. That address could not then be used
to set the fdt address for inspection. Changed the resulting print to
one that can be copied directly to the 'fdt address <addr>' command.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit 90bac29a76 claims to fix this bug
that was introduced in commit a92fd6577e
but doesn't actually make the change that the commit message describes.
Actually fix the bug this time.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Introduce arch_reserve_stacks() to tailor gd->start_addr_sp and gd->irq_sp to
the architecture needs.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A SoC like the i.MX6 supports more then one i2c bus. In oder to be
able to use the eeprom command add a new define to specify the
i2c bus to use. If CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_BUS is not defined there
is no functional change, else a call to i2c_set_bus_num(..) is
done before calling i2c_read(..) and i2c_write(..).
Signed-off-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
executing "tools/buildman/buildman mpc5xx" drops this warning:
common/spl/spl_nor.c: In function 'spl_nor_load_image':
common/spl/spl_nor.c:26:10: warning: assignment discards 'const' qualifier from pointer target type [enabled by default]
fix this.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Some boards have a special way of loading U-Boot that does not fit with
the existing SPL code. For example sunxi uses an 'FEL' mode where U-Boot
is loaded over USB. Add a CONFIG option and boot mode for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Siarhei Siamashka <siarhei.siamashka@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
As with i2c_read() and i2c_write(), add a dm_ prefix to the driver model
versions of these functions to avoid conflicts.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
At present on some architectures we set up the following before calling
board_init_f():
- global_data
- stack
- early malloc memory
Adding the code to support early malloc and global data setup to every
arch's assembler start-up is a pain. Also this code is not actually
architecture-specific. We can use common code for all architectures and
with a bit of care we can write this code in C.
Add a new function to deal with this. It should be called after memory
is available, with a pointer to the top of the area that should be used
before relocation. The function will set things up and return the lowest
memory address that it allocated/used. That can then be set as the top
of the stack.
Note that on some archs this function will use the stack, so the stack
pointer should be set to same value as is pased to board_init_f_mem().
A margin of 128 bytes will be left for this stack, so that it is not
overwritten. This means that 64 bytes is wasted by this early call.
This is not strictly necessary on several more modern archs, so we could
remove this at the cost of some arch-dependent code.
With this function there is no-longer any need for the assembler code to
zero global_data or set up the early malloc pointers.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
All callers of malloc should already do error checking, and may even be able
to continue without the alloc succeeding.
Moreover, common/malloc_simple.c is the only user of .rodata.str1.1 in
common/built-in.o when building the SPL, triggering this gcc bug:
https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=54303
Causing .rodata to grow with e.g. 0xc21 bytes, nullifying all benefits of
using malloc_simple in the first place.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Segfaults can occur when a mandatory argument is not provided to
"demo hello" and "demo status". Eg:
=> demo hello
Segmentation fault (core dumped)
Add a check to ensure all required arguments are provided.
Signed-off-by: Peter Tyser <ptyser@xes-inc.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
lcd_logo() currently performs tasks well beyond just displaying the logo.
It has code which displays splash image, it has logic which determines
when the different display features are displayed, and it is coupled with
the lcd console because it holds the responsibility of returning the
lcd console base address.
Make lcd_logo() just about the logo by:
* Moving splash image display code into a dedicated function
* Moving the logic regarding when various features are displayed to
lcd_clear() (which is arguably not the correct name for housing such
code either, but it is currently the most fitting location code wise)
* Move the responsibility of setting the console base address to
lcd_clear() too.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Tested-by: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
Cc: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
We now have api functions that can support compiling simplefb code as its own
module. Since this code is not part of the display functionality, extract it
to its own file.
Raspberry Pi is updated to accommodate the changes.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Tested-by: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
The name "bitmap_plot" is misleading because it implies that this is a generic
function capable of dealing with any bitmap, but its implementation only works
with the logo data.
Rename the function to better reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Tested-by: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
This cleanup mostly focuses on removing unnecessary whitespace and comments
which are superfluous and/or do not conform to the coding style.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Tested-by: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reduce the lcd_display_bitmap #ifdef complexity by extracting Atmel-specific
code for setting cmap for bitmap images into a new function lcd_set_cmap().
A default version is implemented with the remainder of the code.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Tested-by: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
Cc: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Get rid of platform-specific #ifdefs in bitmap_plot() by moving the generic
case of setting cmap into the weak lcd_logo_set_cmap().
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Tested-by: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
Cc: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reduce the bitmap_plot #ifdef complexity by extracting MPC823-specific code for
setting cmap into its own implementation of lcd_logo_set_cmap(), implemented in
mpc8xx_lcd.c. In the MPC823 implementation, ARRAY_SIZE(bmp_logo_palette) is
switched for BMP_LOGO_COLORS to avoid having to include bmp_logo_data.h, which
would cause a compilation error because the logo data and palette arrays would
be defined twice.
This is a step towards cleaning bitmap_plot() of platform-specific code.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Tested-by: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reduce the bitmap_plot #ifdef complexity by extracting Atmel-specific code for
setting cmap into a new function lcd_logo_set_cmap(), which is implemented in
atmel_lcdfb driver and defined as part of common/lcd.c api with a weak dummy
version. In the Atmel implementation, ARRAY_SIZE(bmp_logo_palette) is
switched for BMP_LOGO_COLORS to avoid having to include bmp_logo_data.h, which
would cause a compilation error because the logo data and palette arrays would
be defined twice.
This is a step towards cleaning bitmap_plot() of platform-specific code.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Tested-by: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
Cc: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reduce the amount of platform-specific code in common/lcd.c by moving MPC823
implementation of fb_put_byte() to mpc8xx_lcd.c. Since we must also have a
default implementation for everybody else, make the remainder of the code
into a weak function.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Tested-by: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reduce the amount of platform-specific code in common/lcd.c by moving Atmel
implementation of fb_put_word() to atmel_lcdfb.c. Since we must also have a
default implementation for everybody else, make the remainder of the code
into a weak function.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Tested-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Tested-by: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
Cc: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
configuration_get_cmap() is multiple platform-specific functions stuffed into
one function. Split it into multiple versions, and move each version to the
appropriate driver to reduce the #ifdef complexity.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Tested-by: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
Cc: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Microblaze target supports both OF and !OF cases
and from log is not clear which version is running.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Compile code with -fPIC to get GOT. Do not build SPL
with fPIC because it increasing SPL size for nothing.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This is required for architectures still need manual relocation like avr32, mk68
and others.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
call hw_watchdog_init() also if CONFIG_AT91SAM9_WATCHDOG
is used.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
On some hardware this time can be significant. Add bootstage support for
measuring this. The result can be obtained using 'bootstage report' or
passed on to the Linux via the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Currently the hash functions used in RSA are called directly from the sha1
and sha256 libraries. Change the RSA checksum library to use the progressive
hash API's registered with struct hash_algo. This will allow the checksum
library to use the hardware accelerated progressive hash API's once available.
Signed-off-by: Ruchika Gupta <ruchika.gupta@freescale.com>
CC: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
(Fixed build error in am335x_boneblack_vboot due to duplicate CONFIG_DM)
Change-Id: Ic44279432f88d4e8594c6e94feb1cfcae2443a54
The hash_algo structure has some implementations in which progressive hash
API's are not defined. These are basically the hardware based implementations
of SHA. An API is added to find the algo which has progressive hash API's
defined. This can then be integrated with RSA checksum library which uses
Progressive Hash API's.
Signed-off-by: Ruchika Gupta <ruchika.gupta@freescale.com>
CC: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
this is an atempt to make the export of functions typesafe.
I replaced the jumptable void ** by a struct (jt_funcs) with function pointers.
The EXPORT_FUNC macro now has 3 fixed parameters and one
variadic parameter
The first is the name of the exported function,
the rest of the parameters are used to format a functionpointer
in the jumptable,
the EXPORT_FUNC macros are expanded three times,
1. to declare the members of the struct
2. to initialize the structmember pointers
3. to call the functions in stubs.c
Signed-off-by: Martin Dorwig <dorwig@tetronik.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
(resending to the list since my tweaks are not quite trivial)
Rather than assuming that the chip offset length is 1, allow it to be
provided. This allows chips that don't use the default offset length to
be used (at present they are only supported by the command line 'i2c'
command which sets the offset length explicitly).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Add a dm_ prefix to driver model I2C functions so that we can keep the old
ones around.
This is a little unfortunate, but on reflection it is too difficult to
change the API. We can undo this rename when most boards and drivers are
converted to use driver model for I2C.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a new 'demo light' command which uses GPIOs to control imaginary lights.
Each light is assigned a bit number in the overall value. This provides an
example driver for using the new GPIO API.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The common/board_r.c has show_model_r() to display the model name
if the DTB has a "model" property. It sounds useful to have a similar
function in common/board_f.c too because most of the boards show
their board name before relocation.
Instead of implementing the same function in both common/board_f.c
and common/board_r.c, let's split it up into common/show_board_info.c.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To store 10bit chip address, the variable type should not be uchar,
but uint.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher<hs@denx.de>
Fake option is enabled only when CONFIG_TRACE is
enabled in common/bootm.c:do_boot_states().
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The dumpimage is able to extract components contained in a FIT image:
$ ./dumpimage -T flat_dt -i CONTAINER.ITB -p INDEX FILE
The CONTAINER.ITB is a regular FIT container file. The INDEX is the poisition
of the sub-image to be retrieved, and FILE is the file (path+name) to save the
extracted sub-image.
For example, given the following kernel.its to build a kernel.itb:
/dts-v1/;
/ {
...
images {
kernel@1 {
description = "Kernel 2.6.32-34";
data = /incbin/("/boot/vmlinuz-2.6.32-34-generic");
type = "kernel";
arch = "ppc";
os = "linux";
compression = "gzip";
load = <00000000>;
entry = <00000000>;
hash@1 {
algo = "md5";
};
};
...
};
...
};
The dumpimage can extract the 'kernel@1' node through the following command:
$ ./dumpimage -T flat_dt -i kernel.itb -p 0 kernel
Extracted:
Image 0 (kernel@1)
Description: Kernel 2.6.32-34
Created: Wed Oct 22 15:50:26 2014
Type: Kernel Image
Compression: gzip compressed
Data Size: 4040128 Bytes = 3945.44 kB = 3.85 MB
Architecture: PowerPC
OS: Linux
Load Address: 0x00000000
Entry Point: 0x00000000
Hash algo: md5
Hash value: 22352ad39bdc03e2e50f9cc28c1c3652
Which results in the file 'kernel' being exactly the same as '/boot/vmlinuz-2.6.32-34-generic'.
Signed-off-by: Guilherme Maciel Ferreira <guilherme.maciel.ferreira@gmail.com>
Move the image_save_datafile() function from an U-Multi specific file
(default_image.c) to a file common to all image types (image.c). And rename it
to genimg_save_datafile(), to make clear it is useful for any image type.
Signed-off-by: Guilherme Maciel Ferreira <guilherme.maciel.ferreira@gmail.com>
A cache flush is required when an image is extracted that is required on another core.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Voorthuijsen <pieter.voorthuijsen@prodrive-technologies.com>
Add an optional third argument to the "part list" command which puts a
space seperated list of valid partitions into the given environment
variable. This is useful for allowing boot scripts to iterate of all
partitions of a device.
Signed-off-by: Sjoerd Simons <sjoerd.simons@collabora.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
New command to determine the filesystem type of a given partition.
Optionally stores the filesystem type in a environment variable.
Signed-off-by: Sjoerd Simons <sjoerd.simons@collabora.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Move board/compulab/common/splash.c code to
common/splash_source.c to make it available for everybody. This move
renames cl_splash_screen_prepare() to splash_source_load(), and
the compilation of this code is conditional on CONFIG_SPLASH_SOURCE.
splash_source features:
* Provide a standardized way for declaring board specific splash screen
locations
* Provide existing routines for auto loading the splash image from the
locations as declared by the board
* Introduce the "splashsource" environment variable, which makes it
possible to select the splash image source.
cm-t35 and cm-fx6 are updated to use the modified version.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Acked-by: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
This commit 904672e (lcd: refactor lcd console stuff into its
own file), which cause lcd console address is not initialized.
This patch initialize the lcd console use the default value,
will be update when splash screen is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Microblaze currently doesn't use printf in SPL. So this one line was the only
reference to it and resulted in the printf functionality to be pulled in.
Exceeding the 4k size limit. Lets change the printf back to puts so that
Microblaze is fixed again. The only drawback is that the detected boot-device
number will not be printed. But this message alone should be helpful enough
to get an idea where the boot process is broken.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
For case where CMD_FPGA_LOADMK is enabled and GZIP disable.
Warning log:
common/built-in.o: In function `do_fpga':
/mnt/disk/u-boot/common/cmd_fpga.c:218: undefined reference to `gunzip'
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This extends the mmcinfo hardware partition info output to show
partitions with write reliability enabled with the "WRREL" string.
If the partition does not have write reliability enabled the "WRREL"
string is omitted; this is analogous to the ehhanced attribute.
Example output:
Device: OMAP SD/MMC
Manufacturer ID: fe
OEM: 14e
Name: MMC16
Tran Speed: 52000000
Rd Block Len: 512
MMC version 4.41
High Capacity: Yes
Capacity: 13.8 GiB
Bus Width: 4-bit
Erase Group Size: 8 MiB
HC WP Group Size: 16 MiB
User Capacity: 13.8 GiB ENH WRREL
User Enhanced Start: 0 Bytes
User Enhanced Size: 512 MiB
Boot Capacity: 16 MiB ENH
RPMB Capacity: 128 KiB ENH
GP1 Capacity: 64 MiB ENH WRREL
GP2 Capacity: 64 MiB ENH WRREL
Signed-off-by: Diego Santa Cruz <Diego.SantaCruz@spinetix.com>
This change extends the mmc hwpartition sub-command to change the
per-partition write reliability settings. It also changes the
syntax used for the enhanced user data area slightly to better
accomodate the write reliability option.
Signed-off-by: Diego Santa Cruz <Diego.SantaCruz@spinetix.com>
Adds the mmc hwpartition sub-command to perform eMMC hardware
partitioning on an mmc device. The number of arguments can be
large for a complex partitioning, but as the partitioning has
to be done in one go it is difficult to make it simpler.
Signed-off-by: Diego Santa Cruz <Diego.SantaCruz@spinetix.com>
This adds the erase group size and high-capacity WP group size to
mmcinfo's output. The erase group size is necessary to properly align
erase requests on eMMC. The high-capacity WP group size is necessary
to properly align partitions on eMMC.
Signed-off-by: Diego Santa Cruz <Diego.SantaCruz@spinetix.com>
This adds output to show the eMMC enhanced user data area size and offset
along with the partition sizes in mmcinfo's output.
Signed-off-by: Diego Santa Cruz <Diego.SantaCruz@spinetix.com>
eMMC partitions are defined as of eMMC 4.41, but mmcinfo process
partition info for eMMC >= 4.0, change it to do it for >= 4.41
Signed-off-by: Diego Santa Cruz <Diego.SantaCruz@spinetix.com>
The eMMC spec numbers general purpose partitions starting at 1, but
the mmcinfo output follows the internal numbering which starts at 0.
Make the mmcinfo command output number partitions as in the eMMC
spec to avoid confusion.
Signed-off-by: Diego Santa Cruz <Diego.SantaCruz@spinetix.com>
This extends the mmcinfo command's output to show which eMMC partitions
have the enhanced attribute set. Note that the eMMC spec says that
if the enhanced attribute is supported then the boot and RPMB
partitions are of the enhanced type.
The output of mmcinfo becomes:
Device: OMAP SD/MMC
Manufacturer ID: fe
OEM: 14e
Name: MMC16
Tran Speed: 52000000
Rd Block Len: 512
MMC version 4.41
High Capacity: Yes
Capacity: 13.8 GiB
Bus Width: 4-bit
User Capacity: 13.8 GiB ENH
Boot Capacity: 16 MiB ENH
RPMB Capacity: 128 KiB ENH
GP1 Capacity: 64 MiB ENH
GP2 Capacity: 64 MiB ENH
Signed-off-by: Diego Santa Cruz <Diego.SantaCruz@spinetix.com>
There is currently no command that will provide an overview of the hardware
partitions present on an eMMC device, one has to switch to every partition
via "mmc dev" and run mmcinfo for each to get the partition's capacity.
This commit adds a few lines of output to mmcinfo with the sizes of the
present partitions, like this:
Device: OMAP SD/MMC
Manufacturer ID: fe
OEM: 14e
Name: MMC16
Tran Speed: 52000000
Rd Block Len: 512
MMC version 4.41
High Capacity: Yes
Capacity: 13.8 GiB
Bus Width: 4-bit
User Capacity: 13.8 GiB
Boot Capacity: 16 MiB
RPMB Capacity: 128 KiB
GP1 Capacity: 64 MiB
GP2 Capacity: 64 MiB
panto: Minor edit removing superfluous parentheses.
Signed-off-by: Diego Santa Cruz <Diego.SantaCruz@spinetix.com>
Signed-off-by: Pantelis Antoniou <pantelis.antoniou@konsulko.com>
This commit fixes a number of issues with the reset sequence of musb-new
in host mode:
1) Our usb device probe relies on a second device reset being done after the
first descriptors read. Factor the musb reset code into a usb_reset_root_port
function (and add this as an empty define for other controllers), and call
this when a device has no parent.
2) Just like with normal usb controllers there needs to be a delay after
reset, for normal usb controllers, this is handled in hub_port_reset, add a
delay to usb_reset_root_port.
3) Sync the musb reset sequence with the upstream kernel, clear all bits of
power except bits 4-7, and increase the time reset is asserted to 50 ms.
With these fixes an usb keyboard I have now always enumerates properly, where
as earlier it would only enumerare properly once every 5 tries.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Before this commit u-boot would print the following on boot with musb and
no usb device plugged in:
starting USB...
USB0: Port not available.
USB error: all controllers failed lowlevel init
This commit changes this to:
starting USB...
USB0: Port not available.
Which is the correct thing to do since the low-level init went fine.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
When iomuxing is used we must not only deregister the device with stdio.c,
but also remove the reference to the device in the console_devices array
used by console-muxing. Add a call to iomux_doenv to usb_kbd_deregister to
update console_devices, which will drop the reference.
This fixes the console filling with "Failed to enqueue URB to controller"
messages after a "usb stop force", or when the USB keyboard is gone after a
"usb reset".
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Currently create_int_queue is only implemented by the ehci code, and that
does not honor interrupt intervals, but other drivers which might also want
to implement create_int_queue may honor intervals, so add an interval param.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Currently we've this magic in include/config_distro_bootcmd.h to avoid
scanning the usb bus multiple times.
And it does not work when also using an usb keyboard because then the
preboot command has already scanned the bus, so we're still scanning it
twice.
This commit makes "usb start" only start usb if it is no already started,
allowing us to remove all the magic for it from include/config_distro_bootcmd.h
and just call it unconditionally.
This also causes "usb start" and "usb reset" to actually do what their
different names suggest, rather then both of them doing exactly the same.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
If CONFIG_SPL_NOR_SUPPORT is defined, spl_nor_load_image() requires
spl_start_uboot(), CONFIG_SYS_OS_BASE, CONFIG_SYS_SPL_ARGS_ADDR,
CONFIG_SYS_FDT_BASE to be defined even if users just want to run
U-Boot, not Linux. This is inconvenient.
This patch is following the codying style of common/spl/spl_nand.c.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Allow booting the OpenRTOS payloads via fitImage image type.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add separate image type for the Wittenstein OpenRTOS .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Adjust the code so that the error reporting can all be done at the end,
and is the same for each decompression method. Try to detect when
decompression fails due to lack of space. Keep the behaviour of
resetting on failure even though there should be no memory corruption
now.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Refactor to allow this function to be used to announce the image being
loaded regardless of compression type and even when there is no
decompression.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Export this function for testing. Also add a parameter so that values other
than CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN can be used for the maximum uncompressed size.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Prior to commit d455d87 there was an inconsistency between the position of
the 'address' parameter in 'sb load' and 'sb save'. This was corrected but
it broke some tests. Fix the tests and also the help for 'sb save'.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This code is repeated in several places, and does not detect a common
fault where the image is too large. Move it into its own function and
provide a more helpful messages in this case, for compression schemes
which support this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently the pre-console buffer can accumulate early log messages
and flush them to the serial console as soon as it becomes available.
This patch just adds one more pre-console buffer flushing point and
does all the same for the other consoles too. This is particularly
useful for the vga/hdmi/lcd console, where we can see all the older
messages now (except for the log messages from SPL).
Naturally, we don't want to get an extra copy of the log messages
on the serial console again at the second flushing point, so the
serial console has to be explicitly filtered out.
Signed-off-by: Siarhei Siamashka <siarhei.siamashka@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Add a helper function to check the checksum of an EDID data block.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
For bare platforms we turn off ROM-caching before calling board_init_f_r()
It is then very slow to copy U-Boot from ROM to RAM. So adjust the order so
that the copying happens before we turn off ROM-caching.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
common/lcd.c is a mix of code portions that do different but related
things. To improve modularity, the various code portions should be split
into their own modules. Separate lcd console code into its own file.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Introduce lcd_getbgcolor() and lcd_getfgcolor(), and use them where
applicable.
This is a preparatory step for extracting lcd console code into its own
file.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
COLOR_MASK macro doesn't do anything; Remove it to reduce visual
complexity.
This is a preparatory step for extracting lcd console code into its own
file.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Introduce set_console_row(), set_console_col(), and lcd_init_console().
Use these functions in lcd functions: lcd_init(), lcd_clear(), lcd_logo().
This is a preparatory step for extracting lcd console code into its own
file.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Replace CONSOLE_(ROWS|COLS) macros with variables, and assign the
original macro values.
This is a preparatory step for extracting lcd console code into its own
file.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rename console_(row|col) to console_curr_(row|col) to better distinguish
it from console_(rows|cols).
This is a preparatory step for extracting lcd console code into its own file.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
No one is using LCD_MONOCHROME; remove related code.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
No one is using CONFIG_SYS_INVERT_COLORS; remove related code.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As reported by Robert Nelson, commit 4c5bbc2328
may break MMC RAW boot mode.
This patch fixes the check path to fix MMC Raw boot mode.
Tested raw boot mode and FS boot mode on a pandaboard (rev. A3).
Reported-by: Robert Nelson <robertcnelson@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet@free.fr>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Robert Nelson <robertcnelson@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Robert Nelson <robertcnelson@gmail.com>
When watchdog is enabled, memmove_wd() always copy chunk up from small address.
This damanges overlapped memory data if destination address is smaller than
source address.
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Instead of setting working_fdt to map_sysmem(addr) (e.g. blob), it should be set
to addr directly as inside set_working_fdt_addr it uses map_sysmem(addr) again.
To test: ./u-boot -d dts/dt.bin , then issue: fdt addr 0x100, fdt print will
then cause an segmentation fault. After this fix fdt print is functional.
For all flavours of ARC we execute the same code in "bdinfo" so we may
safely check for CONFIG_ARC. This is especially important since we're
about to add more types of ARC so existing check won't work in all
cases.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
All the MPC824X boards are still non-generic boards:
A3000, CPC45, CU824, eXalion, MVBLUE, MUSENKI, Sandpoint824x, utx8245
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Josef Wagner <Wagner@Microsys.de>
Cc: Torsten Demke <torsten.demke@fci.com>
Cc: Jim Thompson <jim@musenki.com>
Cc: Greg Allen <gallen@arlut.utexas.edu>
Fix issue in parse_verify_sum() which swaps handling of env-var and *address.
Move hash_command() argc check earlier.
Cosmetic change on do_hash() variable declaration.
Improved help message for "hash" command.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Dimitrov <picmaster@mail.bg>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When CONFIG_TRACE is disabled, linking fails with:
common/built-in.o:(.data.init_sequence_f+0x8): undefined reference to `trace_early_init'
To fix, wrap the call to trace_early_init() with #ifdef CONFIG_TRACE.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@linaro.org>
Implement an API that can be used by drivers to allocate memory from a
pool that is mapped uncached. This is useful if drivers would otherwise
need to do extensive cache maintenance (or explicitly maintaining the
cache isn't safe).
The API is protected using the new CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY setting.
Boards can set this to the size to be used for the non-cached area. The
area will typically be right below the malloc() area, but architectures
should take care of aligning the beginning and end of the area to honor
any mapping restrictions. Architectures must also ensure that mappings
established for this area do not overlap with the malloc() area (which
should remain cached for improved performance).
While the API is currently only implemented for ARM v7, it should be
generic enough to allow other architectures to implement it as well.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Implement a feature to allow fastboot to write the downloaded image
to the space reserved for the Protective MBR and the Primary GUID
Partition Table.
Additionally, prepare and write the Backup GUID Partition Table.
Signed-off-by: Steve Rae <srae@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
[Test HW: Exynos4412 - Trats2]
The fastboot continue command is defined to exit fastboot and continue
autoboot. This commit implements the continue command and the exiting of
fastboot only. Subsequent u-boot commands can be processed after exiting
fastboot. Autoboot should implement a boot script such as "fastboot; mmc
read <...>; bootm" to fully implement the fastboot continue function.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
[TestHW: Exynos4412-Trats2]
In order to add detach functions for fastboot, make the DFU detach related
functions common so they can be shared.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
[TestHW: Exynos4412-Trats2]
If the MMC_MODE_DDR_52MHz flag is set in card capabilities bitmask,
it is never cleared, even if switching to DDR mode fails, and if
the controller driver uses this flag to check the DDR mode, it can
take incorrect actions.
Also, DDR related checks in mmc_startup() incorrectly handle the case
when the host controller does not support some bus widths (e.g. can't
support 8 bits), since the host_caps is checked for DDR bit, but not
bus width bits.
This fix clearly separates using of card_caps bitmask, having there
the flags for the capabilities, that the card can support, and actual
operation mode, described outside of card_caps (i.e. bus_width and
ddr_mode fields in mmc structure). Separate host controller drivers
may need to be updated to use the actual flags. Respectively,
the capabilities checks in mmc_startup are made more correct and clear.
Also, some clean up is made with errors handling and code syntax layout.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gabbasov <andrew_gabbasov@mentor.com>
The concept of a 'current bus' is now implemented in the command line
rather than in the uclass. Also the address length does not need to
be specified with each command - really we should consider dropping
this from most commands but it works OK for now.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
The boot commands - bootz/bootm mandate a third argument which is the
address to the FDT blob. In cases where this argument is not specified,
boot fails with a message indicating a missing FDT.
This causes non-FDT kernels to fail to boot. This patch allows both FDT
and non-FDT kernels to boot by making the third parameter to the bootm/bootz
optional.
Signed-off-by: Suriyan Ramasami <suriyan.r@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Update again for covering appended DTB case after last revert in
this area]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
This board sprinkles #ifdef(CONFIG_HERMES) over various global files
such as include/common.h, common/board_r.c, common/cmd_bdinfo.c.
Let's zap such an ill-behaved board.
It has not been converted to generic board yet and mpc8xx is old
enough.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Acked-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Fuse drivers, like the mxs_ocotp.c, may return negative error codes but
the commands are only allowed to return CMD_RET_* enum values to the
shell, otherwise the following error appears:
"exit not allowed from main input shell."
Signed-off-by: Hector Palacios <hector.palacios@digi.com>
Reviewed-by: Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau.dev@gmail.com>
The U-Boot port runs on a variety of RPi models, not just the B. So,
rename the port to something slightly more generic.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In SPL MMC, boot modes are exclusive. So, if MMCSD_MODE_RAW fails, the board hangs. This patch allows to
try MMCSD_MODE_FS then, if available.
It has been tested on a pandaboard (rev. A3).
Signed-off-by: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet@free.fr>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Commit 709ea54 made a subtle change to the way the U-Boot API jump table
is set up. So at present putc(), getc(), tstc() and puts() do not work
correctly from functions that use the U-Boot API.
Previously these were set to the stdio functions, but these now take a
parameter specifying which stdio device to use. Instead, we should change
them to use the global functions which do not have a parameter.
This is a slight change in behaviour. The functions will now output to
all selected stdio devices - for example putc() will output a character to
all devices selected by stdout. However in most cases there is only one,
and it isn't necessarily incorrect behaviour anyway.
The API version is not changed since it is compatible with what was there
before.
Reported-by: Martin Dorwig <dorwig@tektronik.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Raw images of U-Boot can be stored inside MMC partitions, so it makes sense to
read the partition table, looking for a partition number instead of using
a fixed sector address.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
[trini: Only add mmc_load_image_raw_partition() when
CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION to avoid warning, add missing
conversion in spl_mmc_load_image()]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS_DETECT allows to determine the number of
flash banks at run-time, that is, there is a possibility that no flash
bank is found. Even in such cases, it makes sense to continue the
boot process without any flash device.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
To support interactive DDR debugger, cli_simple.o, cli.o, cli_readline.o,
command.o, s_record.o, xyzModem.o and cmd_disk.o are all needed for
drivers/ddr/fsl/interactive.c.
In current common/Makefile, the above .o files are only produced when
CONFIG_SPL_BUILD is disabled.
For LS102xA, interactive DDR debugger is needed in SD/NAND boot too, and
I enabled CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE. But according to the current
common/Makfile, all the above .o files are not produced in SPL part
because CONFIG_SPL_BUILD is enabled in SPL part, the following error
will be shown,
drivers/ddr/fsl/built-in.o: In function `fsl_ddr_interactive':
/home/wangh/layerscape/u-boot/drivers/ddr/fsl/interactive.c:1871:
undefined reference to `cli_readline_into_buffer'
/home/wangh/layerscape/u-boot/drivers/ddr/fsl/interactive.c:1873:
undefined reference to `cli_simple_parse_line'
make[1]: *** [spl/u-boot-spl] Error 1
make: *** [spl/u-boot-spl] Error 2
So this patch fixed this issue and the above .o files will be produced
no matter CONFIG_SPL_BUILD is enabled or disabled.
Signed-off-by: Alison Wang <alison.wang@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION ought to be called
CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION to keep it consistent with other config
options such as: CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR.
In addition, it is not related to raw mode booting but to fs mode instead.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
It has been found that this change breaks the case of an appended device
tree file, so for the problem in question some other solution must be
found.
This reverts commit c6150aaf2f.
Reported-by: Bill Pringlemeir <bpringlemeir@nbsps.com>
Reported-by: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
Confirmed-by: Bill Pringlemeir <bpringlemeir@nbsps.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
After commit 933cdbb479: "fdt: Try to use fdt_address_cells()/fdt_size_cells()"
I noticed that allwinner boards would no longer boot.
Switching to fdt_address_cells / fdt_size_cells changes the result from
bytes to 32 bit words, so when we increment pointers into the blob, we must
do so by 32 bit words now.
This commit makes allwinner boards boot again.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Vince Hsu <vinceh@nvidia.com>
Now that we have inttypes.h, use it in a few more places to avoid compiler
warnings on sandbox when building on 64-bit machines.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit 9f12cd0e06 has broken SPL EXT support.
This patch update error code check to get SPL EXT support working again.
Tested on a Pandaboard (rev. A3).
Reviewed-by: Suriyan Ramasami <suriyan.r@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet@free.fr>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Actually initr_enable_interrupts() was never called in an x86 build
due to it was wrapped by CONFIG_x86 (typo of X86).
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since cpu_init_interrupts() was moved out of cpu_init_r(), it is
useless to keep cpu_init_r() for x86, thus remove it.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function is not needed. Remove it to improve the generic init sequence
slightly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Change lcd_dt_simplefb_configure_node into a wrapper around the new generic
fdt_setup_simplefb_node helper function.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a generic helper to fill and enable simplefb nodes.
The first user of this will be the sunxi display code.
lcd_dt_simplefb_configure_node is also a good candidate to be converted
to use this, but that requires someone to run some tests first, as
lcd_dt_simplefb_configure_node does not honor #address-cells and #size-cells,
but simply assumes 1 and 1 for both.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Daniel discovered a better solution to the problem this was solving, so
don't do what this patch was doing anymore.
This reverts commit 666ba8444e.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
128059b92 ("hush: fix segfault on syntax error") attempted to fix a
segfault on syntax errors, but it broke Ctrl-C handling, and the
assumption that it made, that rcode could not be -1, is incorrect.
Revert this change.
Reported-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Reported-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Rabin Vincent <rabin@rab.in>
Implement sata stop command.
This introduces the __sata_stop() weak function, which mirrors
the weak __sata_initialize() function, giving users the option of
undoing the custom steps performed in overrides of sata_initialize().
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
The sandbox/ext4/fat/generic fs commands do not gracefully deal with files
greater than 2GB. Negative values are returned in such cases.
To handle this, the fs functions have been modified to take an additional
parameter of type "* loff_t" which is then populated. The return value
of the fs functions are used only for error conditions.
Signed-off-by: Suriyan Ramasami <suriyan.r@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Update board/gdsys/p1022/controlcenterd-id.c,
drivers/fpga/zynqpl.c for changes]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Change the internal sandbox functions to use loff_t for file offsets.
Signed-off-by: Suriyan Ramasami <suriyan.r@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Change the internal EXT4 functions to use loff_t for offsets.
Signed-off-by: Suriyan Ramasami <suriyan.r@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Update common/spl/spl_ext.c]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Change the internal FAT functions to use loff_t for offsets.
Signed-off-by: Suriyan Ramasami <suriyan.r@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Fix fs/fat/fat.c for min3 updates]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Enable md5sum to obtain the MD5 of the read and written files to check
their contents for validity.
Use map_sysmem() to map buffer in a sandbox environment.
Signed-off-by: Suriyan Ramasami <suriyan.r@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This fixes following warning when compiled with MIPS64
common/board_f.c: In function 'display_text_info':
common/board_f.c:150:2: warning: format '%X' expects argument i
of type 'unsigned int', but argument 2 has type 'long unsigned int' [-Wformat=]
debug("U-Boot code: %08X -> %08lX BSS: -> %08lX\n",
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This commit adds some of command entries (CONFIG_CMD_*) to
cover include/config_cmd_default.h and a little extra.
Because U-Boot supports lots of commands, they should be categorized
according to their usage.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
The README file states that the macros beginning with "CONFIG_SYS_"
depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if you do
not what you're doing.
We have already screwed up with this policy; we have given the prefix
"CONFIG_SYS_" to many user-selectable configurations.
Here, "CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER" is one of them. Users can enable it
if they want to use a more powerful command line parser, or disable it
if they only need a simple one.
This commit attempts to rename CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER to
CONFIG_HUSH_PARSER and move it to Kconfig.
Every board maintainer is expected to enable CONFIG_HUSH_PARSER
(= add "CONFIG_HUSH_PARSER=y" to his defconfig file) and remove
"#define CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER" from his header file.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
When enumerating devices, honour the pci_skip_dev() function. This can
be used by PCI controller drivers to restrict which devices will be
probed.
This is required by the NVIDIA Tegra PCIe controller driver, which will
fail with a data abort exception if an access is attempted to a device
number larger than 0 outside of bus 0. pci_skip_dev() is therefore
implemented to prevent any such accesses.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When listing the devices on a PCI bus, the current code will blindly try
to access all devices. Internally this causes pci_bus_to_hose() to be
repeatedly called and output an error message every time. Prevent this
by calling pci_bus_to_hose() once and abort early if no bus was found.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some filesystems have a UUID stored in its superblock. To
allow using root=UUID=... for the kernel command line we
need a way to read-out the filesystem UUID.
changes rfc -> v1:
- make the environment variable an option parameter. If not
given, the UUID is printed out. If given, it is stored in the env
variable.
- corrected typos
- return error codes
changes v1 -> v2:
- fix return code of do_fs_uuid(..)
- document do_fs_uuid(..)
- implement fs_uuid_unsuported(..) be more consistent with the
way other optional functionality works
changes v2 -> v3:
- change ext4fs_uuid(..) to make use of #if .. #else .. #endif
construct to get rid of unreachable code
Hit any key to stop autoboot: 0
=> fsuuid
fsuuid - Look up a filesystem UUID
Usage:
fsuuid <interface> <dev>:<part>
- print filesystem UUID
fsuuid <interface> <dev>:<part> <varname>
- set environment variable to filesystem UUID
=> fsuuid mmc 0:1
d9f9fc05-45ae-4a36-a616-fccce0e4f887
=> fsuuid mmc 0:2
eb3db83c-7b28-499f-95ce-9e0bb21cda81
=> fsuuid mmc 0:1 uuid1
=> fsuuid mmc 0:2 uuid2
=> printenv uuid1
uuid1=d9f9fc05-45ae-4a36-a616-fccce0e4f887
=> printenv uuid2
uuid2=eb3db83c-7b28-499f-95ce-9e0bb21cda81
=>
Signed-off-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
We had the problem on an AM33xx platform, that SPL detected an
unsupported boot-device. But since this message is a debug message
it took a bit of time to really know, where the hangup in SPL
resulted from. So let's change this debug message to a printf
and also print the detected boot-device that is not supported.
This makes debugging of such cases much easier.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
U-Boot has never cared about the type when we get max/min of two
values, but Linux Kernel does. This commit gets min, max, min3, max3
macros synced with the kernel introducing type checks.
Many of references of those macros must be fixed to suppress warnings.
We have two options:
- Use min, max, min3, max3 only when the arguments have the same type
(or add casts to the arguments)
- Use min_t/max_t instead with the appropriate type for the first
argument
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Machek <pavel@denx.de>
Acked-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Tested-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
[trini: Fixup arch/blackfin/lib/string.c]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Factor out the common code to make it easier to adjust it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
When enabled, set up driver model for SPL. This allows SPL to use the same
drivers as the main U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
The simple malloc() implementation is used when memory is tight. It provides
a simple buffer with an incrementing pointer.
At present the implementation is inside dlmalloc. Move it into its own file
so that it is easier to find.
Rather than using relocation as a signal that the full malloc() is
available, add a special GD_FLG_FULL_MALLOC_INIT flag. This signals that the
simple malloc() should no longer be used.
In some cases, such as SPL, even the code space used by the full malloc() is
wasteful. Add a CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE option to provide only the simple
malloc. In this case the full malloc is not available at all. It saves about
1KB of code space and about 0.5KB of data on Thumb 2.
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For some CPUs, having malloc() available very early is useful. There is no
reason to delay this since early malloc is allocated before board_init_f()
is called.
Move early malloc() init nearer to the start of the init sequence.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Instead of an x86-specific cpu_init_f() function, use the normal U-Boot one
for this purpose. Also remove a useless/misleading comment.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Instead of having an x86-specific DRAM init function, adjust things so we
can use the normal one.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Use these new functions where possible. They default to a value of 2 so we
cannot use them in some places where we need a default value of 1.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
This function is only called within this file so make it static. Also
fix its argument types to be consistent with its caller.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Add an additional function for adding information to the device tree before
booting. This permits additions which are not board-specific.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
The message about needing to reset should be printed no matter what error
is printed. Also, an error should always be printed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
This function is useful for ensuring that a node exists. Export it so it
can be used more widely.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Since this function can fail, print a message when it does.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
enable to boot only a raw u-boot.bin image from nand with the
CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY define. This option saves space on
boards where spl space is low.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
mcc200 and prs200 are old and have no maintainer. Remove the boards.
This also removes the mcc200 specific 1bpp BMP support from
common/lcd.c
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Cc: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Skip enclosure service devices when probing for usb storage devices.
This avoids long timeouts when probing for external usb harddisks
which provide "Enclosure Services".
Signed-off-by: Soeren Moch <smoch@web.de>
--
This is a new version of the patch
"usb_storage: skip all unknown devices when probing"
http://http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2014-November/194622.html
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
This file got corrupted by the automatic editin of commit 1a45966 "Add
GPL-2.0+ SPDX-License-Identifier to source files"; restore the
opiginal content and manually insert the SPDX ID.
The bug was detected by running cppcheck, which reported:
[common/cmd_fitupd.c:8]: (error) Invalid number of character ({) when
these macros are defined: 'CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP'.
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
run_command() returns success even if the command had a syntax error;
correct this behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Rabin Vincent <rabin@rab.in>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org)
Hush segfaults if it sees a syntax error while attempting to parse a
command:
$ ./u-boot -c "'"
...
syntax error
Segmentation fault (core dumped)
This is due to a NULL pointer dereference of in_str->p in static_peek().
The problem is that the exit condition for the loop in
parse_stream_outer() checks for rcode not being -1, but rcode is only
ever 0 or 1.
Signed-off-by: Rabin Vincent <rabin@rab.in>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org)
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org)
Attempting to run:
- an empty string
- a string with just spaces
returns different error codes, 1 for the empty string and 0
for the string with just spaces. Make both of them return
0 for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Rabin Vincent <rabin@rab.in>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org)
Attempting to run the sandbox leads to a segfault, because some dynamic
libraries (outside of u-boot) attempt to use malloc() to allocate memory
before u-boot's gd variable is initialized.
Check for gd not being NULL in the SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN handling, so that
malloc() doesn't crash when called at this point.
$ gdb -q --args ./u-boot
(gdb) r
Program received signal SIGSEGV, Segmentation fault.
0x0000000000412b9b in malloc (bytes=bytes@entry=37) at common/dlmalloc.c:2184
2184 if (!(gd->flags & GD_FLG_RELOC)) {
(gdb) p gd
$1 = (gd_t *) 0x0
(gdb) bt
#0 0x0000000000412b9b in malloc (bytes=bytes@entry=37) at common/dlmalloc.c:2184
#1 0x00007ffff75bf8e1 in set_binding_values (domainname=0x7ffff11f4f12 "libgpg-error", dirnamep=0x7fffffffe168, codesetp=0x0)
at bindtextdom.c:228
#2 0x00007ffff75bfb4c in set_binding_values (codesetp=0x0, dirnamep=0x7fffffffe168, domainname=<optimized out>) at bindtextdom.c:350
#3 __bindtextdomain (domainname=<optimized out>, dirname=0x7ffff11f4f00 "/usr/share/locale") at bindtextdom.c:348
#4 0x00007ffff11eca17 in ?? () from /lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libgpg-error.so.0
#5 0x00007ffff7dea9fa in call_init (l=<optimized out>, argc=argc@entry=1, argv=argv@entry=0x7fffffffe208,
env=env@entry=0x7fffffffe218) at dl-init.c:78
#6 0x00007ffff7deaae3 in call_init (env=0x7fffffffe218, argv=0x7fffffffe208, argc=1, l=<optimized out>) at dl-init.c:36
#7 _dl_init (main_map=0x7ffff7ffe1a8, argc=1, argv=0x7fffffffe208, env=0x7fffffffe218) at dl-init.c:126
#8 0x00007ffff7ddd1ca in _dl_start_user () from /lib64/ld-linux-x86-64.so.2
Signed-off-by: Rabin Vincent <rabin@rab.in>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
I believe that when no DTB is around we should return 1.
This why I fixed such scenarious to not return zero anymore.
Else kernel might get NULL pointer to DTB which doesn't exists.
Signed-off-by: Noam Camus <noamc@ezchip.com>
Waiting an interrupt packet to complete in usb_kbd_poll_for_event, causes
a 40 ms latency for each call to usb_kbd_testc, which is undesirable.
Using control messages leads to lower (but still not 0) latency, but some
devices do not work well with control messages (e.g. my kvm behaves funny
with them).
This commit adds support for using the int_queue mechanism which at least
the ehci-hcd driver supports. This allows polling with 0 latency, while
using interrupt packets.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
stdio_register makes a malloc-ed copy of struct stdio_dev through stdio_clone,
free the malloc-ed memory on stdio_deregister.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
If the device has a parent, it is instantiated from usb_hub_port_connect_change
and the portnr is right there in dev->portnr, so there is no need for this
whole dance to look it up.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
This commit introduces a Kconfig symbol for each ARM CPU:
CPU_ARM720T, CPU_ARM920T, CPU_ARM926EJS, CPU_ARM946ES, CPU_ARM1136,
CPU_ARM1176, CPU_V7, CPU_PXA, CPU_SA1100.
Also, it adds the CPU feature Kconfig symbol HAS_VBAR which is selected
for CPU_ARM1176 and CPU_V7.
For each target, the corresponding CPU is selected and the definition of
SYS_CPU in the corresponding Kconfig file is removed.
Also, it removes redundant "string" type in some Kconfig files.
Signed-off-by: Georges Savoundararadj <savoundg@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
This is a bit odd in that we are permitted to boot images for either, even
though they are separate architectures.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch makes the following changes:
- Set kernel entry point correctly
- Append bootargs from image to global bootargs instead
of replacing them
- Return end address instead of size from android_image_get_end()
- Give correct parameter to genimg_get_format() in boot_get_ramdisk()
- Move ramdisk message printing from android_image_get_kernel() to
android_image_get_ramdisk()
Signed-off-by: Ahmad Draidi <ar2000jp@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Actually, unmap_sysmem() does nothing. Just in case.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Do not insert a whitespace between a function name and
an open paranthesis
- Fix comment style
- Do not split an error message into multiple lines
even if it exceeds 80 columns
- Do not split "for" statement where it fits in 80 columns
- Do not use assignment in if condition
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CHUNK_TYPE_DONT_CARE should skip over the specified number of blocks, but
currently fails to increment the device block address. This results in
filesystem images getting written incorrectly. Add the missing block
address incrementing.
Cc: Steve Rae <srae@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Steve Rae <srae@broadcom.com>
Do not hang in spl_register_fat_device but return an error value.
It allows to use both CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT and CONFIG_SPL_EXT_SUPPORT.
If FAT load fails, then EXT load is tried.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet@free.fr>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Add EXT filesystem support to SPL.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet@free.fr>
[trini: Fix a warning and checkpatch problems]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Rename some defines containing FAT in their name to be filesystem generic:
MMCSD_MODE_FAT => MMCSD_MODE_FS
CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME => CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME => CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION => CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
Signed-off-by: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet@free.fr>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Since i2c_init_all always sets the bus back to CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
for compatibility reasons, it means that any eeprom not located on this
CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM is not accessible with the eeprom commands, even
if you change the bus number with an i2c dev command before.
Furthermore i2c_init_all should disappear and is currently only called
from the early board initialisation sequences, it is not suited for
other usage.
This reverts commit 01a0c64762.
Signed-off-by: Valentin Longchamp <valentin.longchamp@keymile.com>
Acked-by: Matthias Fuchs <matthias.fuchs@esd.eu>
The run command treats each argument an an environment variable. It gets the
value of each variable and executes it as a command. If an environment
variable contains a newline and the hush cli is used, it is supposed to
execute each line one after the other.
Normally a newline signals to hush to exit - this is used in normal command
line entry - after a command is entered we want to return to allow the user
to enter the next one. But environment variables obviously need to execute
to completion.
Add a special case for the execution of environment variables which
continues when a newline is seen, and add a few tests to check this
behaviour.
Note: it's not impossible that this may cause regressions in other areas.
I can't think of a case but with any change of behaviour with limited test
coverage there is always a risk. From what I can tell this behaviour has
been around since at least U-Boot 2011.03, although this pre-dates sandbox
and I have not tested it on real hardware.
Reported-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
do_bootelf_exec was a weak function without a prototype nor
and strong version. Just make it static.
Signed-off-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
Add support for driver model if enabled. This involves minimal changes
to the code, mostly just plumbing around the edges.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jagannadh.teki@gmail.com>
We want the SPI flash probing feature to operate as a standard driver.
Add a driver for the basic probing feature used by most boards. This
will be activated by device_probe() as with any other driver.
The 'sf probe' command currently keeps track of the SPI slave that it
last used. This doesn't work with driver model, since some other driver
or system may have probed the device and have access to it too. On the
other hand, if we try to probe a device twice the second probe is a nop
with driver model.
Fix this by searching for the matching device, removing it, and then
probing it again. This should work as expected regardless of other device
activity.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jagannadh.teki@gmail.com>
Since spi_flash.h is supposed to be the public API for SPI flash, move
private things to sf_internal.h. Also tidy up a few comment nits.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jagannadh.teki@gmail.com>
Driver model uses a different way to find the SPI bus and slave from the
numbered devices given on the command line. Adjust the code to suit.
We use a generic SPI device, and attach it to the SPI bus before performing
the transaction.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jagannadh.teki@gmail.com>
Some files are using SPI functions but not explitly including the SPI
header file. Fix this, since driver model needs it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jagannadh.teki@gmail.com>
Driver model does its own init, so we don't need this.
There is still a call in board_f.c but it is only enabled by CONFIG_HARD_SPI.
It is easy enough to disable that option when converting boards which use
it to driver model.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jagannadh.teki@gmail.com>
Add a uclass which provides access to SPI buses and includes operations
required by SPI.
For a time driver model will need to co-exist with the legacy SPI interface
so some parts of the header file are changed depending on which is in use.
The exports are adjusted also since some functions are not available with
driver model.
Boards must define CONFIG_DM_SPI to use driver model for SPI.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jagannadh.teki@gmail.com>
(Discussed some follow-up comments which will address in future add-ons)
Add a new setup@ section to the FIT which can be used to provide a setup
binary for booting Linux on x86. This makes it possible to boot x86 from
a FIT.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since sandbox is used for testing, it should be able to 'boot' an image
from any archhitecture. This allows us to test an image by loading it in
sandbox.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Freescale's SEC block has built-in Blob Protocol which provides
a method for protecting user-defined data across system power
cycles. SEC block protects data in a data structure called a Blob,
which provides both confidentiality and integrity protection.
Encapsulating data as a blob
Each time that the Blob Protocol is used to protect data, a
different randomly generated key is used to encrypt the data.
This random key is itself encrypted using a key which is derived
from SoC's non volatile secret key and a 16 bit Key identifier.
The resulting encrypted key along with encrypted data is called a blob.
The non volatile secure key is available for use only during secure boot.
During decapsulation, the reverse process is performed to get back
the original data.
Commands added
--------------
blob enc - encapsulating data as a cryptgraphic blob
blob dec - decapsulating cryptgraphic blob to get the data
Commands Syntax
---------------
blob enc src dst len km
Encapsulate and create blob of data $len bytes long
at address $src and store the result at address $dst.
$km is the 16 byte key modifier is also required for
generation/use as key for cryptographic operation. Key
modifier should be 16 byte long.
blob dec src dst len km
Decapsulate the blob of data at address $src and
store result of $len byte at addr $dst.
$km is the 16 byte key modifier is also required for
generation/use as key for cryptographic operation. Key
modifier should be 16 byte long.
Signed-off-by: Ruchika Gupta <ruchika.gupta@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Add a block to avoid a build error with the variable declaration.
Enable the option on sandbox to prevent an error being introduced in
future.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since on powerpc phys_size_t can be unsigned long long, this printout
line can result in a not nice compile warning.
Signed-off-by: Valentin Longchamp <valentin.longchamp@keymile.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At least on OMAP, init_sata() no longer performs scsi_scan()
so we must do it explicitly here.
Cc: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@ti.com>
Commit 294b91a581 moved initr_malloc
earlier than initr_unlock_ram_in_cache. This causes issue on T4240.
It may be related to locked L1 d-cache and unlocked L2 cache. D-
cache could and should be unlock earlier for normal operation.
This patch moves initr_unlock_ram_in_cache before initr_malloc. It
has been verified on the following boards, in which only T4240QDS
suffered and has been since fixed: T4240QDS, T2080QDS, P5040DS,
P4080DS, MPC8572DS, MPC8536DS, MPC8641HPCN, B4860QDS.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
CC: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
CC: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
On a couple of platforms I've tripped over long PXE append lines overflowing
this array, due to having CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE == 256. When doing preseeded Debian
installs it's pretty trivial to exceed that.
Since the symptom can be a silent hang or a crash add a check. Of course the
affected boards would also need an increased CBSIZE to actually work.
Note that due to the printing of the final bootargs string CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE
also needs to be sufficiently large.
Signed-off-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
[trini: Use %zd not %d in printf for all args]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Like many platforms, the Altera socfpga platform requires that the
preloader be "signed" in a certain way or the built-in boot ROM will
not boot the code.
This change automatically creates an appropriately signed preloader
from an SPL image.
The signed image includes a CRC which must, of course, be generated
with a CRC generator that the SoCFPGA boot ROM agrees with otherwise
the boot ROM will reject the image.
Unfortunately the CRC used in this boot ROM is not the same as the
Adler CRC in lib/crc32.c. Indeed the Adler code is not technically a
CRC but is more correctly described as a checksum.
Thus, the appropriate CRC generator is added to lib/ as crc32_alt.c.
Signed-off-by: Charles Manning <cdhmanning@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Chin Liang See <clsee@altera.com>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@altera.com>
Cc: Albert Aribaud <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Pavel Machek <pavel@denx.de>
Acked-by: Pavel Machek <pavel@denx.de>
V2: - Zap unused constant
- Explicitly print an error message in case of error
- Rework the hdr_checksum() function to take the *header directly
instead of a plan buffer pointer
Use the new force parameter to make the stdio_deregister succeed, replacing
stdin with a nulldev, and assume that the usb keyboard will come back after
the reset.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
In some cases we really want to move forward with a deregister, add a force
parameter to allow this, and replace the dev with a nulldev in this case.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
We now always properly deregister the keyboard before calling
drv_usb_kbd_init(), so we can drop the check for already being registered.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
We need to call usb_kbd_deregister() before calling usb_stop().
usbkbd's stdio_dev->priv points to the usb_device, and usb_kbd_testc
dereferences usb_device->privptr.
usb_stop zeros usb_device, leaving usb_device->privptr NULL, causing
bad things (tm) to happen once control returns to the main loop and
usb_kbd_testc gets called.
Calling usb_kbd_deregister() avoids this. Note that we do not allow
the "usb reset" to continue when the deregister fails. This will be fixed
in a later patch.
For the same reasons always fail "usb stop" if the usb_kbd_deregister() fails,
even in the force path. This can happen when CONFIG_SYS_STDIO_DEREGISTER is
not set.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
sub-command 'bootpart-resize' check for argc == 4,
it will retrun CMD_RET_FAILURE when argc value not matched.
but bootpart-resize's maxarg is 3, which means you never execute
this sub-command successfully.
fix it by change bootpart-resize maxarg to 4.
Signed-off-by: wally.yeh <wally.yeh@atrustcorp.com>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Pierre Aubert <p.aubert@staubli.com>
Acked-by: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
The code to set the MMC partition uses an weak function to obtain the
correct partition number. Use that instead of the compile-time default
when deciding whether it needs to switch back.
Fixes: 6e7b7df4df ("env_mmc: support env partition setup in runtime")
Signed-off-by: Peter A. Bigot <pab@pabigot.com>
Acked-by: Dmitry Lifshitz <lifshitz@compulab.co.il>
Acked-by: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
In preparation for changing the error handling in this code for driver
model, move it into its own function.
Reviewed-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
of_bus_default_count_cells can be used to get the #address-cells
and #size-cells defined by the current node's parent node. This
is required when using of_read_number to read from FDT nodes that
can be 32 or 64 bytes depending on values defined by the parent.
Signed-off-by: Arnab Basu <arnab.basu@freescale.com>
CC: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
This is being done so that it can be used outside 'fdt_support.c'. Making
life more convenient when reading device node properties that can be 32
or 64 bits long.
Signed-off-by: Arnab Basu <arnab.basu@freescale.com>
Cc: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
[1] Move driver/core/, driver/input/ and drivers/input/ entries
from the top Makefile to drivers/Makefile
[2] Remove the conditional by CONFIG_DM in drivers/core/Makefile
because the whole drivers/core directory is already selected
by CONFIG_DM in the upper level
[3] Likewise for CONFIG_DM_DEMO in drivers/demo/Makefile
[4] Simplify common/Makefile - both CONFIG_DDR_SPD and
CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM are boolean macros so they can directly
select objects
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The arg_off() and arg_off_size() update the 'current NAND
device' variable (dev). This is then used when assigning the
(nand_info_t*)nand value. Place the assignment after the
arg_off(_size) calls to prevent using incorrect (nand_info_t*)
nand value.
Signed-off-by: Rostislav Lisovy <lisovy@merica.cz>
Since CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV is defined in config_cmd_defaults.h,
it should be enabled for all the boards except bf506f-ezkit
that undefs it explicitely.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since CONFIG_CMD_GO is defined in config_cmd_defaults.h
(and no board undefs it its own header), it can be moved to
Kconfig with the default value "y".
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV is defined in config_cmd_defaults.h,
it should be enabled for all the boards except bf506f-ezkit
that undefs it explicitely.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 is defined in config_cmd_defaults.h,
it is enabled for all the boards except the ones undefining it
explicitly:
kwb
tseries_mmc
tseries_nand
tseries_spi
vct_platinum_onenand_small
vct_platinum_small
vct_platinumavc_onenand_small
vct_platinumavc_small
vct_premium_onenand_small
vct_premium_small
The default value of this config option should be "y" and
"# CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 is not set" should be added for those exceptions.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CONFIG_CMD_BOOTM is defined in config_cmd_defaults.h
which is forcebly included from each board.
So, the default value of "config CMD_BOOTM" should be "y".
For some boards undefining it (bf506f-ezkit, controlcenterd_TRAILBLA,
controlcenterd_TRAILBLAZER_DEVELOP, controlcenterd_TRAILBLAZER),
"# CONFIG_CMD_BOOTM is not set" should be added to their defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This would be useful to start moving various config options.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is not supported properly on sandbox, and interferes with running
tests, since when a test script is piped in, some commands will call
ctrlc() which will drop characters from the test script.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- add capability to "fastboot flash" with sparse format images
Signed-off-by: Steve Rae <srae@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
- update static function
- additional debugging statements
- update "fastboot command" information
- add missing include file
- update spelling
Signed-off-by: Steve Rae <srae@broadcom.com>
Currently, CONFIG_SPL_SPI_* #defines are used for controlling SPI boot in
SPL. These #defines do not allow the user to select SPI mode for the SPI flash
(there's no CONFIG_SPL_SPI_MODE, so the SPI mode is hardcoded in
spi_spl_load.c), and duplicate information already provided by
CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_* #defines.
Kill CONFIG_SPL_SPI_*, and use CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_* instead.
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Sudhakar Rajashekhara <sudhakar.raj@ti.com>
Cc: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Cc: Vitaly Andrianov <vitalya@ti.com>
Cc: Lars Poeschel <poeschel@lemonage.de>
Cc: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Cc: Hannes Petermaier <hannes.petermaier@br-automation.com>
Cc: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
gd->fdt_blob is used for FDT control of U-Boot.
If CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is not defined, it is useless.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This was breaking the build for some boards:
MPC8536DS MPC8536DS_36BIT MPC8536DS_SDCARD MPC8536DS_SPIFLASH qemu-ppce500
Include only these features for some PPC boards if the configuration for MultiProcessor
is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Gabriel Huau <contact@huau-gabriel.fr>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Acked-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
There are two ways to run into handle_exception, run command 'kgdb' and
encounter a breakpoint which triggers exception handling.
The origin source code only saves regs when first run command 'kgdb'.
Take the following for example, When run 'kgdb', regs is saved to entry_regs.
When run 'bootz', regs is not saved. However, if we set a breakpoint, then
continue. When breakpoint is reached, run `quit`, and Now return to the
instruction which follows kgdb, but not bootz.This may cause errors. So,
save regs for each handle_exception call to return to the correct place.
Example:
Target | Host
=>kgdb | (gdb)b bootz
| (gdb)c
=>bootz |
| (gdb)Here stop because of breakpoint
| (gdb)q
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <van.freenix@gmail.com>
The parameters of size_t type shall be formatted using "%zu" and not
using "%d".
Precision argument for the "%.*s" parameters shall be of int type.
Signed-off-by: Vasili Galka <vvv444@gmail.com>
For some boards board_init() will change GPIOs, so we need to have driver
model available before then. Adjust the board init to arrange this, but
enable it for driver model only, just to be safe.
This does create additional #ifdef logic, but it is safer than trying to
make a pervasive change which may cause some boards to break.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since driver model registers itself with the stdio subsystem, and we
want to avoid delayed registration and other complexity associated with
the current serial console, move the stdio subsystem init earlier when
driver model is used for serial.
This simplifies the implementation. Should there be any problems with
this approach they can be dealt with as boards are converted over to
use driver model for serial.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In order to support GPIO access in board_early_init_f() we must set up
driver model before this function is called. In any case, earlier is
better since driver model is (or will become) a key function for most
init.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For ARM / ARM64 the relocation routines already updated
gd to the new value. Don't set it again. This allows
compilation with clang as it cannot update gd directly.
cc: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Signed-off-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
This commit provides distinction between DFU device detach and reset.
The -R behavior is preserved with proper handling of the dfu-util's -e
switch, which detach the DFU device.
By running dfu-util -e; one can force device to finish the execution of
dfu command on target and execute some other scripted commands.
Moreover, some naming has been changed - the dfu_reset() method now is known
as dfu_detach(). New name better reflects the purpose of the code.
It was also necessary to increase the number of usb_gadget_handle_interrupts()
calls since we also must wait for detection of the USB reset event.
Example usage:
1. -e (detach) switch
dfu-util -a0 -D file1.bin;dfu-util -a3 -D uImage;dfu-util -e
access to u-boot prompt.
2. -R (reset) switch
dfu-util -a0 -D file1.bin;dfu-util -R -a3 -D uImage
target board reset
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
The gpio command mostly relies on gpio_request() and gpio_free() being
nops, in that you can request a GPIO twice. With driver model this is
now implemented correctly, so it fails.
Change the command to deal with a failure to claim the GPIO.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The GPIO list is very long in many cases and most of them are not used.
By default, show only the GPIOs that are in use, and provide a flag to show
all of them. This makes the 'gpio status' command much more pleasant.
In order to do this, driver model now exposes a method for obtaining the
'function' of a GPIO, which describes whether it is an input or output, for
example. Implementation of this method is optional.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The default format for arm64 Linux kernels is the "Image" format,
described in Documentation/arm64/booting.txt. This, along with an
optional gzip compression on top is all that is generated by default.
The Image format has a magic number within the header for verification,
a text_offset where the Image must be run from, an image_size that
includes the BSS and reserved fields.
This does not support automatic detection of a gzip compressed image.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
One specific USB 3.0 device behaves strangely when reset by
usb_new_device()'s call to hub_port_reset(). For some reason, the device
appears to briefly drop off the bus when this second bus reset is
executed, yet if we retry this loop, it'll eventually come back after
another two resets.
If USB bus reset is executed over and over within usb_new_device()'s call
to hub_port_reset(), I see the following sequence of results, which
repeats as long as you want:
1) STAT_C_CONNECTION = 1 STAT_CONNECTION = 0 USB_PORT_STAT_ENABLE 0
2) STAT_C_CONNECTION = 1 STAT_CONNECTION = 1 USB_PORT_STAT_ENABLE 0
3) STAT_C_CONNECTION = 1 STAT_CONNECTION = 1 USB_PORT_STAT_ENABLE 1
The device in question is a SanDisk Ultra USB 3.0 16GB memory stick with
USB VID/PID 0x0781/0x5581.
In order to allow this device to work with U-Boot, ignore the
{C_,}CONNECTION bits in the status/change registers, and only use the
ENABLE bit to determine if the reset was successful.
To be honest, extensive investigation has failed to determine why this
problem occurs. I'd love to know! I don't know if it's caused by:
* A HW bug in the device
* A HW bug in the Tegra USB controller
* A SW bug in the U-Boot Tegra USB driver
* A SW bug in the U-Boot USB core
This issue only occurs when the device's USB3 pins are attached to the
host; if only the USB2 pins are connected the issue does not occur. The
USB3 controller on Tegra is in reset, so is not actively communicating
with the device at all - a USB3 analyzer confirms this. Slightly
unplugging the device (so the USB3 pins don't contact) or using a USB2
cable or hub as an intermediary avoids the problem. For some reason,
the Linux kernel (either on the same Tegra board, or on an x86 host)
has no issue with the device, and I observe no disconnections during
reset.
This change won't affect any USB device that already works, since such
devices could not currently be triggering the error return this patch
removes, or they wouldn't be working currently.
However, this patch is quite reliable in practice, hence I hope it's
acceptable to solve the problem.
The only potential fallout I can see from this patch is:
* A broken device that triggers C_CONNECTION/!CONNECTION now causes the
loop in hub_port_reset() to run multiple times. If it never succeeds,
this will cause "usb start" to take roughly 1s extra to execute.
* If the user unplugs a device while hub_port_reset() is executing, and
very quickly swaps in a new device, hub_port_reset() might succeed on
the new device. This would mean that any information cached about the
original device (from the descriptor read in usb_new_device(), which
simply caches the max packet size) might be invalid, which would cause
problems talking to the new device. However, without this change, the
new device wouldn't work anyway, so this is probably not much of a
loss.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
As we support both Host and Device mode operation, an OTG controller
can return -ENODEV on a port which it found to be in Device mode during
Host mode scan for devices. In case -ENODEV is returned, print that the
port is not available and continue instead of screaming a bloody error
message.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Commit e3a5bbce broke the FIT image tests by not loading a ramdisk even if
a load address is provided in the FIT. The rationale was that a load address
of 0 should be considered to mean 'do not load'.
Add a new load operation which supports this feature, so that the ramdisk
will be loaded if a non-zero load address is provided.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
resync ubi subsystem with linux:
commit 455c6fdbd219161bd09b1165f11699d6d73de11c
Author: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Date: Sun Mar 30 20:40:15 2014 -0700
Linux 3.14
A nice side effect of this, is we introduce UBI Fastmap support
to U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Sergey Lapin <slapin@ossfans.org>
Cc: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Cc: Joerg Krause <jkrause@posteo.de>
CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT is not the only time we want SPL to ahve
environment, CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT is when we want it.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
This patch implements the generic board init as described in
doc/README.generic-board.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Chou <thomas@wytron.com.tw>
Signed-off-by: Scott McNutt <smcnutt@psyent.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Commit b3dd64f5d5 "bootm: use genimg_get_kernel_addr()" introduced
a bug for booting FIT image. It's because calling fit_parse_config()
twice will give us wrong value in img_addr.
Add a new function genimg_get_kernel_addr_fit() whichl will always
return fit_uname_config and fit_uname_kernel for CONFIG_FIT.
genimg_get_kernel_addr() will ignore those to parameters.
Reported-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Bryan Wu <pengw@nvidia.com>
Use cli_simple_process_macros, so that environment
variables (e.g. ${console}) can be used in append strings.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
This allows u-boot to load different OS or Bare Metal application on
different cores of the i.MX6 SoC.
For example: running Android on cpu0 and a RT OS like QNX/FreeRTOS on cpu1.
Signed-off-by: Gabriel Huau <contact@huau-gabriel.fr>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
most todays LCDs support 32bpp e.g. the framebuffer memory is 32bpp
organized.
To support 24bpp BMPs we need to take only 3 byte from the bpp and set
one byte from the FB to 0.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Petermaier <oe5hpm@oevsv.at>
This patch removes following two functions:
- lcd_getbgcolor(...)
not used somewhere outside lcd.c, internally we use now the global
variable lcd_color_bg (was return value of function before)
- lcd_getfgcolor(...)
not used in any place of u-boot
Signed-off-by: Hannes Petermaier <oe5hpm@oevsv.at>
[agust: rebased]
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Use the new API which is originally taken out from boot_get_kernel
of bootm.c
Signed-off-by: Bryan Wu <pengw@nvidia.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
[trini: Fix warnings with CONFIG_FIT]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Trying bootm for zImage will print out several error message which
is not necessary for this case. So detect image format firstly, only
try bootm for legacy and FIT format image then try bootz for others.
This patch needs new function genimg_get_kernel_addr().
Signed-off-by: Bryan Wu <pengw@nvidia.com>
Kernel address is normally stored as a string argument of bootm or bootz.
This function is taken out from boot_get_kernel() of bootm.c, which can be
reused by others.
Signed-off-by: Bryan Wu <pengw@nvidia.com>
[trini: Fix warnings with CONFIG_FIT]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
I happened to spot this while working in the area.
Signed-off-by: Ian Campbell <ijc@hellion.org.uk>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When "pxe boot" downloads the initrd/kernel/DTB, netboot_common() saves
the downloaded filename to global variable BootFile. If the boot
operation is aborted, this global state is not cleared. If "dhcp" is
executed later without any arguments, BootFile is not cleared, and when
the DHCP response is received, BootpCopyNetParams() writes the value into
environment variable bootfile.
This causes the following scenario:
* Boot script executes dhcp; pxe get; pxe boot
* User CTRL-C's the PXE menu, which causes the first menu item to be
booted, which causes some file to be downloaded.
(This boot-on-CTRL-C behaviour is arguably a bug too, but it's a
separate bug and the bug this patch fixes would still exist if the user
simply waited to press CTRL-C until "pxe boot" started downloading
files)
* User CTRL-C's the file downloads, but the filename is still written to
the bootfile environment variable.
* User re-runs the boot command, which in my case executes "dhcp; pxe get;
pxe boot" again, and "dhcp" picks up the saved bootfile environment
variable and proceeds to download a file that it shouldn't.
To solve this, modify the implementation of "pxe get" to clear BootFile
if the whole boot operation fails, which avoids this whole mess.
An alternative would be to modify netboot_common() such that the no-
arguments case explicitly clears the global variable BootFile. However,
that would prevent the following command sequences from working:
$ dhcp filename # downloads "filename"
$ dhcp # downloads $bootfile, i.e. "filename"
or:
$ setenv bootfile filename
$ dhcp # downloads $bootfile, i.e. "filename"
... and I assume someone relies on U-Boot working that way.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Commit d4f5ef59cc7 "dfu: defer parsing of device string to IO backend" changed
the function signature of dfu_init_env_entities(). Adjust cmd_thordown.c
to match that change.
Also, apply the same change as commit d6d37d737b58e "dfu: free entities
when parsing fails" to cmd_thordown.c.
Fixes: d4f5ef59cc7 ("dfu: defer parsing of device string to IO backend")
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Devices are not all identified by a single integer. To support
this, defer the parsing of the device string to the IO backed, so that
it can apply the appropriate rules.
SPI devices are specified as controller:chip_select. SPI/SF support will
be added soon.
MMC devices can also be specified as controller[.hwpart][:partition] in
many commands, although we don't support that syntax in DFU.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
These commands may be used to determine the size of a file without
actually reading the whole file content into memory. This may be used
to determine if the file will fit into the memory buffer that will
contain it. In particular, the DFU code will use it for this purpose
in the next commit.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
- init hardware watchdog if applicable
- use CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN as the gd monitor len for Blackfin
- reserve u-boot memory at the top field of the RAM for Blackfin
- avoid refer to CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN, which is not defined by Blackfin
Signed-off-by: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
Add callback with __weak annotation to allow setup of environment
partition number in runtime from a board file.
Propagate mmc_switch_part() return value into init_mmc_for_env() instead
of -1 in case of failure.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Lifshitz <lifshitz@compulab.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Acked-by: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
Some architecture needs extra device tree setup. Instead of adding
yet another hook, convert arch_fixup_memory_node to be a generic
FDT fixup function.
[maz: collapsed 3 patches into one, rewrote commit message]
Signed-off-by: Ma Haijun <mahaijuns@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Zyngier <marc.zyngier@arm.com>
Acked-by: Ian Campbell <ijc@hellion.org.uk>
Use CONFIG_SOC_KEYSTONE in common places instead of defining
a lot of "if def .. || if def " for different Keystone2 SoC types.
Acked-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@ti.com>
For sandbox we have a fallback console which is used very early in
U-Boot, before serial drivers are available. Rather than try to guess
when to switch to the real console, add a flag so we can be sure. This
makes sure that sandbox can always output a panic() message, for example,
and avoids silent failure (which is very annoying in sandbox).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If the console is not present, we try to reduce overhead by stopping any
output in vprintf(), before it gets to putc(). This is of dubious merit
in general, but in the case of sandbox it is incorrect since we have a
fallback console which reports errors very early in U-Boot. If this is
defeated U-Boot can hang or exit with no indication of what is wrong.
Remove the optimisation for sandbox.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current functions for adding and removing devices require a device name.
This is not convenient for driver model, which wants to store a pointer to
the relevant device. Add new functions which provide this feature and adjust
the old ones to call these.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Initialise devices marked 'pre-reloc' and make them available prior to
relocation. Note that this requires pre-reloc malloc() to be available.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Driver model currently only operates after relocation is complete. In this
state U-Boot typically has a small amount of memory available. In adding
support for driver model prior to relocation we must try to use as little
memory as possible.
In addition, on some machines the memory has not be inited and/or the CPU
is not running at full speed or the data cache is off. These can reduce
execution performance, so the less initialisation that is done before
relocation the better.
An immediately-obvious improvement is to only initialise drivers which are
actually going to be used before relocation. On many boards the only such
driver is a serial UART, so this provides a very large potential benefit.
Allow drivers to mark themselves as 'pre-reloc' which means that they will
be initialised prior to relocation. This can be done either with a driver
flag or with a 'dm,pre-reloc' device tree property.
To support this, the various dm scanning function now take a 'pre_reloc_only'
parameter which indicates that only drivers marked pre-reloc should be
bound.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present stdio device functions do not get any clue as to which stdio
device is being acted on. Some implementations go to great lengths to work
around this, such as defining a whole separate set of functions for each
possible device.
For driver model we need to associate a stdio_dev with a device. It doesn't
seem possible to continue with this work-around approach.
Instead, add a stdio_dev pointer to each of the stdio member functions.
Note: The serial drivers have the same problem, but it is not strictly
necessary to fix that to get driver model running. Also, if we convert
serial over to driver model the problem will go away.
Code size increases by 244 bytes for Thumb2 and 428 for PowerPC.
22: stdio: Pass device pointer to stdio methods
arm: (for 2/2 boards) all +244.0 bss -4.0 text +248.0
powerpc: (for 1/1 boards) all +428.0 text +428.0
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
There is no point in setting a structure's memory to NULL when it has
already been zeroed with memset().
Also, there is no need to create a stub function for stdio to call - if the
function is NULL it will not be called.
This is a clean-up, with no change in functionality.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Tun on DEBUG in malloc(). This adds code space and slows things down but
for sandbox this is acceptable. We gain the ability to check for memory
leaks in tests.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If we are to have driver model before relocation we need to support some
way of calling memory allocation routines.
The standard malloc() is pretty complicated:
1. It uses some BSS memory for its state, and BSS is not available before
relocation
2. It supports algorithms for reducing memory fragmentation and improving
performace of free(). Before relocation we could happily just not support
free().
3. It includes about 4KB of code (Thumb 2) and 1KB of data. However since
this has been loaded anyway this is not really a problem.
The simplest way to support pre-relocation malloc() is to reserve an area
of memory and allocate it in increasing blocks as needed. This
implementation does this.
To enable it, you need to define the size of the malloc() pool as described
in the README. It will be located above the pre-relocation stack on
supported architectures.
Note that this implementation is only useful on machines which have some
memory available before dram_init() is called - this includes those that
do no DRAM init (like tegra) and those that do it in SPL (quite a few
boards). Enabling driver model preior to relocation for the rest of the
boards is left for a later exercise.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These don't really serve any purpose in the modern age. On the other hand
they show up as annoying control characters in my editor, which then happily
removes them.
I believe we can drop these characters from the file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This has been disabled for ARM in initr_scsi since that function was
introduced. However it works fine for me on Cubieboard and Cubietruck (with the
upcoming AHCI glue patch).
I also tested on two random ARM platforms which seem to define CONFIG_CMD_SCSI:
- highbank worked fine (on midway hardware)
- omap5_uevm built OK and I confirmed using objdump that things were as
expected (i.e. the default weak scsi_init nop was used).
While there remove the mismatched comment from the #endif (omitting the comment
seems to be the prevailing style in this file).
Signed-off-by: Ian Campbell <ijc@hellion.org.uk>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When this option is enabled, CRLF is treated like LF when importing environments
from text files, which means CRs ('\r') in front of LFs ('\n') are just ignored.
Drawback of enabling this option is that (maybe exported) variables which have
a trailing CR in their content will get imported without that CR. But this
drawback is very unlikely and the big advantage of letting Windows user create
a *working* uEnv.txt too is likely more welcome.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Holler <holler@ahsoftware.de>
clang chokes about the concept of having an alias to an
always_inlined function. gcc likely just ignores the always
inlined since binary sizes are equal before and after this
patch. Convert the aliases to weak functions and provide
missing prototypes.
cc: Pavel Herrmann <morpheus.ibis@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
Since no board defines CONFIG_TUNE_PIO this is just dead
code, so remove it.
cc: Pavel Herrmann <morpheus.ibis@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
For the same reason as in commit 50c8d66d, all the remaining
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE in common/spl/spl_nand.c can be replaced
with sizeof(*header).
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Cc: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Cc: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The and operator implicitly upcasts the value to
int, hence the format should expect an int type
as well. (and make checkpatch happy)
Signed-off-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
This not only looks a bit better it also prevents a
warning with W=1 (no previous prototype).
Signed-off-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This not only looks a bit better it also prevents a
warning with W=1 (no previous prototype).
cc: agust@denx.de
Signed-off-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
First of all this looks a lot better, but it also
prevents a gcc warning (W=1), that the weak function
has no previous prototype.
cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since most commands are not public, make them static. This
prevents warnings that no common prototype is available.
Signed-off-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
Use get_device_and_partition() is better since:
1. It will call the device initialize function internally. So we can
remove the mmc intialization code to save many lines.
2. It is used by fatls/fatload/fatwrite. So saveenv & load env should
use it too.
3. It can parse the "D:P", "D", "D:", "D:auto" string to get correct
device and partition information by run-time.
Also we remove the FAT_ENV_DEVICE and FAT_ENV_PART. We use a string:
FAT_ENV_DEVICE_AND_PART.
For at91sam9m10g45ek, it is "0". That means use device 0 and if:
a)device 0 has no partition table, use the whole device as a FAT file
system.
b)device 0 has partittion table, use the partition #1.
Refer to the commit: 10a37fd7a4 for details of device & partition string.
Signed-off-by: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
When dfu_init_env_entities() fails part-way through, some entities may
have been added to dfu_list. These are only removed by dfu_free_entities().
If that function isn't called, those stale entities will still exist the
next time dfu_init_env_entities() is called, leading to confusion. Fix
do_dfu() to ensure that dfu_free_entities() is always called, to avoid
this confusion.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Tested-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Commit 95fac6ab45 "sandbox: Use os functions to read host device tree"
removed the ability for get_device_and_partition() to handle the "host"
device type, and redirect accesses to it to the host filesystem. This
broke some unit tests that use this feature. So, revert that change. The
code added back by this patch is slightly different to pacify checkpatch.
However, we're then left with "host" being both:
- A pseudo device that accesses the hosts real filesystem.
- An emulated block device, which accesses "sectors" inside a file stored
on the host.
In order to resolve this discrepancy, rename the pseudo device from host
to hostfs, and adjust the unit-tests for this change.
The "help sb" output is modified to reflect this rename, and state where
the host and hostfs devices should be used.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Tested-by: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When debugging drivers it is useful to see what I/O accesses were done
and in what order.
Even if the individual accesses are of little interest it can be useful to
verify that the access pattern is consistent each time an operation is
performed. In this case a checksum can be used to characterise the operation
of a driver. The checksum can be compared across different runs of the
operation to verify that the driver is working properly.
In particular, when performing major refactoring of the driver, where the
access pattern should not change, the checksum provides assurance that the
refactoring work has not broken the driver.
Add an I/O tracing feature and associated commands to provide this facility.
It works by sneaking into the io.h heder for an architecture and redirecting
I/O accesses through its tracing mechanism.
For now no commands are provided to examine the trace buffer. The format is
fairly simple, so 'md' is a reasonable substitute.
Note: The checksum feature is only useful for I/O regions where the contents
do not change outside of software control. Where this is not suitable you can
fall back to manually comparing the addresses. It might be useful to enhance
tracing to only checksum the accesses and not the data read/written.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
commit ecd729500 "Add parameter to md5sum to save the md5 sum"
adds support to build a string to be saved in the env and tries
to zero end it with str_ptr = '\0'; This does actually set the
pointer to the end of the buffer itself to zero. Since the
string was already zero terminated by the sprintf before it,
just remove the line, preventing a clang warning.
cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
commit 18b06652cd "tools: include u-boot version of sha256.h"
unconditionally forced the sha256.h from u-boot to be used
for tools instead of the host version. This is fragile though
as it will also include the host version. Therefore move it
to include/u-boot to join u-boot/md5.h etc which were renamed
for the same reason.
cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
At present this tool only checks the configuration signing. Have it also
look at each of the images in the configuration and confirm that they
verify.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de> (v1)
This makes it possible to decompress an image without it being a kernel
and without intending to boot it (as it needed for host tools, for example).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This can be obtained by looking up the image type, so is redundant. It is
better to centralise this lookup to avoid errors.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This file has code in three different categories:
- Command processing
- OS-specific boot code
- Locating images and setting up to boot
Only the first category really belongs in a file called cmd_bootm.c.
Leave the command processing code where it is. Split out the OS-specific
boot code into bootm_os.c. Split out the other code into bootm.c
Header files and extern declarations are tidied but otherwise no code
changes are made, to make it easier to review.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is more common to have 0 mean OK, and -ve mean error. Change this
function to work the same way to avoid confusion.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Before this commit, fdt_initrd() just returned if initrd
start address is zero.
But it is possible if the RAM is located at address 0.
This commit makes the return condition more reasonable:
Just return if the size of initrd is zero.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Data written to DTB must be converted to big endian order.
It is usually done by using cpu_to_fdt32(), cpu_to_fdt64(), etc.
fdt_initrd() invoked write_cell(), which always swaps byte order.
It means the function only worked on little endian architectures.
(On big endian architectures, the byte order should be kept as it is)
This commit uses cpu_to_fdt32() and cpu_to_fdt64()
and deletes write_cell().
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Data written to DTB must be converted to big endian order.
It is usually done by using cpu_to_fdt32(), cpu_to_fdt64(), etc.
fdt_fixup_memory_banks() invoked write_cell(), which always
swaps byte order.
It means the function only worked on little endian architectures.
This commit adds and uses a new helper function, fdt_pack_reg(),
which works on both big endian and little endian architrectures.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In the next commit, I will add a new function, fdt_pack_reg()
which uses get_cells_len().
Beforehand, this commit adds 'const' qualifier to get_cells_len().
Otherwise, a warning message will appear:
warning: passing argument 1 of 'get_cells_len' discards 'const'
qualifier from pointer target type [enabled by default]
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Do not use a deep indentation. We have only 80-character
on each line and 1 indentation consumes 8 spaces. Before the
code moves far to the right, you should consider to
fix your code. See Linux Documentation/CodingStyle.
- Add CONFIG_OF_STDOUT_VIA_ALIAS and OF_STDOUT_PATH macros
only to their definition. Do not add them to both
callee and caller. This is a tip to avoid using #ifdef
everywhere.
- OF_STDOUT_PATH and CONFIG_OF_STDOUT_VIA_ALIAS are exclusive.
If both are defined, the former takes precedence.
Do not try to fix-up "linux,stdout-path" property twice.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
After all, we have realized "force" argument is completely
useless. fdt_chosen() was always called with force = 1.
We should always want to do the same thing
(set appropriate value to the property)
even if the property already exists.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
After all, we have realized "force" argument is completely
useless. fdt_initrd() was always called with force = 1.
We should always want to do the same thing
(set appropriate value to the property)
even if the property already exists.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some functions in fdt_support.c do the same routine:
search a node with a given name ("chosen", "memory", etc.)
or newly create it if it does not exist.
So this commit makes that routine to a helper function.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A board that has a USB ethernet device only may set the usbetheraddr
and not the ethaddr.
ethaddr will be the default MAC address that is chosen and if that
is not populated then the usbethaddr is looked at. If neither are set
then then device tree blob is not modified.
Signed-off-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Currently, U-Boot behaves as follows:
- Begin with no SD card inserted in "mmc 1"
- Execute: mmc dev 1
- This fails, since there is no card
- User plugs in an SD card
- Execute: mmc dev 1
- This still fails, since the HW isn't reprobed.
With this change, U-Boot behaves as follows:
- Begin with no SD card inserted in "mmc 1"
- Execute: mmc dev 1
- This fails, since there is no card
- User plugs in an SD card
- Execute: mmc dev 1
- The newly present SD card is detected
I know that "mmc rescan" will force the HW to be reprobed, but I feel it
makes more sense if "mmc dev" always reprobes the HW after selecting the
current MMC device. This allows scripts to just execute "mmc dev", and
not have to also execute "mmc rescan" to check for media presense.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
The body of init_mmc_device() is now identical to that of do_mmc_rescan()
except for the error codes returned. Modify do_mmc_rescan() to simply
call init_mmc_device() and convert the error codes, to avoid code
duplication.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
This allows callers to inject mmc->has_init = 0 between finding the
MMC device, and calling mmc_init(), which forces mmc_init() to rescan
the HW. Future changes will use this feature.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
Currently, "mmc dev 0" does not change the selected HW partition. I
think it makes more sense if "mmc dev 0" is an alias for "mmc dev 0 0",
i.e. that HW partition 0 (main data area) is always selected by default
if the user didn't request a specific partition. Otherwise, the following
happens, which feels wrong:
Select HW partition 1 (boot0):
mmc dev 0 1
Doesn't change the HW partition, so it's still 1 (boot0):
mmc dev 0
With this patch, the second command above re-selects the main data area.
Note that some MMC devices (i.e. SD cards) don't support HW partitions.
However, this patch still works, since mmc_start_init() sets the current
partition number to 0, and mmc_select_hwpart() succeeds if the requested
partition is already selected.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
To prevent a warning for clang the loop without a body
is made more clear by moving it to a line of its own.
This prevents a clang warning.
cc: sbabic@denx.de
Signed-off-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
Clang interpretes an if condition like "if ((a = b) == NULL)
as it tries to assign a value in a statement. Hence if you do
"if ((something)) it warns you that you might be confused.
Hence drop the double braces for plane if statements.
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
if algo->digest_size is zero nothing is set in the str_output
buffer. An attempt is made to zero end the buffer, but the
pointer to the buffer is set to zero instead. I am unaware if
it causes any actual problems, but solves the following warning:
common/hash.c:217:13: warning: expression which evaluates to zero treated as
a null pointer constant of type 'char *' [-Wnon-literal-null-conversion]
str_ptr = '\0';
^~~~
cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Jeroen Hofstee <jeroen@myspectrum.nl>
Replace run_command() by run_command_repeatable() in places which
depend on the return code to indicate repeatability.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Betker <thomas.betker@rohde-schwarz.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
run_command() returns 0 on success and 1 on error. However, there are some
invocations which expect 0 or 1 for success (not repeatable or repeatable)
and -1 for error; add run_command_repeatable() for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Betker <thomas.betker@rohde-schwarz.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
run_command() returns 0 for success, 1 for failure. Fix places which
assume that failure is indicated by a negative return code.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Betker <thomas.betker@rohde-schwarz.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
When writing values into an FDT it is possible that there will be
insufficient space. If the caller gets a useful error then it can
potentially deal with the situation.
Adjust these functions to return -ENOSPC when the FDT is full.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When the map_sysmem, then the fatwrite command can support sandbox.
Following command will show how to use it:
=> sb bind 0 sd.img
=> fatls host 0
=> fatwrite host 0 $memaddr filename $filesize
Signed-off-by: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Remove the common infrastructure of nand_spl and
clean-up the code inside ifdef(CONFIG_NAND_U_BOOT)..endif.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
make the use of legacy image format configurable through
the config define CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY.
When relying on signed FIT images with required signature check
the legacy image format should be disabled. Therefore introduce
this new define and enable legacy image format if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
is not set. If CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is set disable per default
the legacy image format.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Lars Steubesand <lars.steubesand@philips.com>
Cc: Mike Pearce <mike@kaew.be>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Assign default environment and set env valid during board_init_f
before relocation as the actual environment will be read from eeprom
later.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
The return code is not consistent with cli_simple_run_command_list(). For the
last command in a sequence, the return code is actually inverted.
Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When a simple command like 'false' is provided, hush should return the
result of that command. However, hush only does this if the
FLAG_EXIT_FROM_LOOP flag is provided. Without this flag, hush will
happily execute the empty string command immediate after 'false' and
then return a success code.
This behaviour does not seem very useful, and requiring the flag also
seems wrong, since it means that hush will execute only the first command
in a sequence.
Add a check for empty string and fall out of the loop in that case. That
at least fixes the simple command case. This is a change in behaviour but
it is unlikely that the old behaviour would be considered correct in any
case.
Reported-by: Stefan Herbrechtsmeier <stefan@herbrechtsmeier.net>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The mask value used in itest overflows and therefore it can return an
incorrect result for something like 'itest 0 == 1'. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that we wait the correct specification-mandated time at the end of
usb_hub_power_on(), I suspect that CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY has
no purpose.
For cm_t35.h, we already wait longer than the original MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY,
so this change is safe.
For gw_ventana.h, we will wait as long as the original MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY
iff pgood_delay was at least 200ms. I'm not sure if this is the case or
not, hence I've CC'd relevant people to test this change.
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
usb_hub_power_on() currently waits for the maximum of (a) the hub port's
power output to become good, (b) the max time the USB specification
allows a device to take to connect.
However, these two operations must occur in series rather than in
parallel. First, the power supply ramps up to the level required to
power the USB device, and then the device may take a certain amount of
time to connect (assert D+/D- pullups).
Related, the maximum time that a device has to assert pullups is 1s not
100ms.
This is explained in "Connect Timing ECN.pdf", itself part of
usb_20_042814.zip from www.usb.org.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
bootdelay_process() never returns in some circumstances, whichs makes the
control flow confusing. Change it so that the decision about how to execute
the boot command is made in the main_loop() code, so it is easier to follow.
Move CLI stuff to cli.c.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The main loop is easier to follow if the code is grouped into separate
functions. Make this change, so that main_loop() is easier to read.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This code seems unnecessarily complex. We really just need to check the
global_data. Now that is it all in one place, and not arch-specific, this
is pretty easy.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a bootretry_ prefix to these two functions, and remove the need for
the #ifdef around everything (it moves to the Makefile).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This code is only used by one board, so it seems a shame to clutter up
the readline code with it. Move it into its own file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It doesn't make sense to have the simple parser and the readline code
all in main. Split them out into separate files.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
using UBI and DM together leads in compiler error, as
both define a "struct device", so rename "struct device"
in include/dm/device.h to "struct udevice", as we use
linux code (MTD/UBI/UBIFS some USB code,...) and cannot
change the linux "struct device"
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The new atmelimage converts a machine code BLOB to bootable ROM image. Atmel
ROM has no sophisticated image format, it only checks the first 7 ARM vectors.
The vectors can contain valid B or LDR opcodes, the 6'th vector contains the
image size to load.
Additionally the PMECC header can be written by the atmelimage target. The
parameters must be given via the -n switch as a coma separated list. For
example:
mkimage -T atmelimage \
-n usePmecc=1,sectorPerPage=4,sectorSize=512,spareSize=64,eccBits=4,eccOffset=36 \
-d spl/u-boot-spl.bin boot.bin
A provided image can be checked for correct header setup. It prints out the
PMECC header parameters if it has one and the 6'th interrupt vector content.
---8<---
Image Type: ATMEL ROM-Boot Image with PMECC Header
PMECC header
====================
eccOffset: 36
sectorSize: 512
eccBitReq: 4
spareSize: 64
nbSectorPerPage: 4
usePmecc: 1
====================
6'th vector has 17044 set
--->8---
A SPL binary modified with the atmelimage mkimage target was succesfully
booted on a sama5d34ek via MMC and NAND.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Bießmann <andreas.devel@googlemail.com>
Cc: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Tested-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
The implementation of mmc_select_hwpart() was cribbed from do_mmcops().
Update do_mmcops() to call mmc_select_hwpart() to avoid duplication.
<panto> Manual patch update due to patch order.
Acked-by: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
All the sub-commands start with the main command name, but it was
missing from one of the help texts.
<panto> typos fix.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Acked-by: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
This sub-command adds support for the RPMB partition of an eMMC:
* mmc rpmb key <address of the authentication key>
Programs the authentication key in the eMMC This key can not
be overwritten.
* mmc rpmb read <address> <block> <#count> [address of key]
Reads <#count> blocks of 256 bytes in the RPMB partition
beginning at block number <block>. If the optionnal
address of the authentication key is provided, the
Message Authentication Code (MAC) is verified on each
block.
* mmc rpmb write <address> <block> <#count> <address of key>
Writes <#count> blocks of 256 bytes in the RPMB partition
beginning at block number <block>. The datas are signed
with the key provided.
* mmc rpmb counter
Returns the 'Write counter' of the RPMB partition.
The sub-command is conditional on compilation flag CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
Acked-by: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Aubert <p.aubert@staubli.com>
CC: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
User's confirmation is asked in different commands. This commit adds a
function for such confirmation.
Acked-by: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Aubert <p.aubert@staubli.com>
Added support to load partial bitstreams.
The partial bitstreams can be loaded using the below commands
Commands:
fpga loadp <dev> <addr> <size>
fpga loadbp <dev> <addr> <size>
The full bit streams can be loaded using the
old commands(fpga load and fpga loadb).
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Clean up partial, full and compressed bitstream handling.
U-Boot supports full bitstream loading and partial
based on detection which is not 100% correct.
Extending fpga_load/fpga_loadbitstream() with one more
argument which stores bitstream type.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Guard the LOADMK functionality with config to provide
an option to enable or disable it.
Enable it for all platforms in mainline which enable CONFIG_CMD_FPGA.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Conflicts:
boards.cfg
Conflicts were trivial once u-boot-arm/master boards.cfg was
reformatted (commit 6130c146) to match u-boot/master's own
reformatting (commit 1b37fa83).
We only need to read in the size of struct image_header and thus don't
need to know the page size of the nand device.
Cc: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Acked-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
DRAM size should use 64-bit variable when the size could be more than 4GB.
Caught and verified on P4080DS with 4GB DDR.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some platforms (tested on mpc85xx, mpc86xx) use global data before calling
function baord_inti_f(). The data should not be cleared later. Any arch
which uses global data in generic board board_init_f() should define
CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
CC: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
CC: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CC: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We say we have an XIP (in this case, image loaded at desired execution
address) when the image header has been offset in the load. It's
possible that in some cases executing the header is non-fatal but that's
not true in many other cases.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
console_buffer array is defined to be CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE + 1 long,
whereas the_command array only CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE long. Subsequent
use of strcpy(the_command, console_buffer) will write final \0
terminating byte outside the_command array when entering a command
of max length.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Otnes <kotnes <at> cisco <dot> com>
The command "time" shows the execution time of the command given
to the argument, like this:
time: 45.293 seconds, 45293 ticks
Since we adopted CONFIG_SYS_HZ = 1000 for all boards,
we always have a simple formula: "1 tick = 0.0001 second".
Showing ticks looks almost redundant.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
gd->bd->bi_baudrate is a copy of gd->baudrate.
Since baudrate is a common feature for all architectures,
keep gd->baudrate only.
It is true that bi_baudrate was passed to the kernel in that structure
but it was a long time ago.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu> (For microblaze)
In the case where an environment variable spans multiple lines, we should
use run_command_list() so that all lines are executed. This shold be
backwards compatible with existing behaviour for existing scripts.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Adjust the code for these commands so that they work on sandbox.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
(Adjusted to fix minor merge comflict, when applied)
Change-Id: I987dee6194cd5c83f82604caf894fc85e4eb71a8
This patch contains an implementation of the fastboot protocol on the
device side and documentation. This is based on USB download gadget
infrastructure. The fastboot function implements the getvar, reboot,
download and reboot commands. What is missing is the flash handling i.e.
writting the image to media.
v3 (Rob Herring):
This is based on http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/126798/ with the
following changes:
- Rebase to current mainline and updates for current gadget API
- Use SPDX identifiers for licenses
- Traced the history and added missing copyright to cmd_fastboot.c
- Use load_addr/load_size for transfer buffer
- Allow vendor strings to be optional
- Set vendor/product ID from config defines
- Allow Ctrl-C to exit fastboot mode
v4:
- Major re-write to use the USB download gadget. Consolidated function
code to a single file.
- Moved globals into single struct.
- Use puts and putc as appropriate.
- Added CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR and CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE to
set the fastboot transfer buffer.
v5:
- Add CONFIG option documentation to README
- Rebase using new downloader registration
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
This patch adds support for the Android boot-image format. The header
file is from the Android project and got slightly alterted so the struct +
its defines are not generic but have something like a namespace. The
header file is from bootloader/legacy/include/boot/bootimg.h. The header
parsing has been written from scratch and I looked at
bootloader/legacy/usbloader/usbloader.c for some details.
The image contains the physical address (load address) of the kernel and
ramdisk. This address is considered only for the kernel image.
The "second image" defined in the image header is currently not
supported. I haven't found anything that is creating this.
v3 (Rob Herring):
This is based on http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/126797/ with the
following changes:
- Rebased to current mainline
- Moved android image handling to separate functions in
common/image-android.c
- s/u8/char/ in header to fix string function warnings
- Use SPDX identifiers for licenses
- Cleaned-up file source information:
android_image.h is from file include/boot/bootimg.h in repository:
https://android.googlesource.com/platform/bootable/bootloader/legacy
The git commit hash is 4205b865141ff2e255fe1d3bd16de18e217ef06a
usbloader.c would be from the same commit, but it does not appear
to have been used for any actual code.
v4:
- s/andriod/android/
- Use a separate flag ep_found to track if the entry point has been set
rather than using a magic value.
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Allow an optional devtype parameter to the ums command, which specifies
the type of the device to be exported. This could allow exporting a SATA
or even another USB device.
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com>
It's easier to assign values to the variables inside an if statement body
if the assignment and declaration are separate.
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com>
get_device() is a generic routine that will support any type of block
device. Use this instead of the type-specific find_mmc_device(), for
future flexibility.
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com>
There's nothing Samsung-/board-specfic about the implementation of
ums_init(). Move the code into cmd_usb_mass_storage.c, so that it can
be shared by any user of that command.
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com>
Without this, if g_dnl_register() fails, the UMS code continues on
blindly and crashes. This fix makes it simply print an error message
instead.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Preprocessor definitions and hardcoded implementation selection in
g_dnl core were replaced by a linker list made of (usb_function_name,
bind_callback) pairs.
Signed-off-by: Mateusz Zalega <m.zalega@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Former usb_cable_connected() patch broke compilation of boards which do
not support this feature.
I've renamed usb_cable_connected() to g_dnl_usb_cable_connected() and added
its default implementation to gadget downloader driver code. There's
only one driver of this kind and it's unlikely there'll be another, so
there's no point in keeping it in /common.
Previously this function was declared in usb.h. I've moved it, since
it's more appropriate to keep it in g_dnl.h - usb.h seems to be intended
for USB host implementation.
Existing code, confronted with default -EOPNOTSUPP return value,
continues as if the cable was connected.
CONFIG_USB_CABLE_CHECK was removed.
Change-Id: Ib9198621adee2811b391c64512f14646cefd0369
Signed-off-by: Mateusz Zalega <m.zalega@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Acked-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
USB keyboard polling failed for some keyboards on PowerPC 5020.
This was caused by requesting only 4 bytes of data from keyboards that
produce an 8 byte HID report.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Cox <adrian@humboldt.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This patch adds a helper function that can be used to interpret most
"ranges" properties in the device tree.
It reads the n'th range out of a "ranges" array and returns the node's
virtual address of the range, the physical address that range starts at
and the size of the range.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Acked-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
We already have a nice helper to give us a property cell value with default
fall back from a path. Split that into two helpers - one for the old path
based lookup and one to give us a value based on a node offset.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Acked-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
MIPS needs a call to timer_init to preserve its current behaviour
ensuring that the cop0 compare register is initialised appropriately.
Reported-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Assigning gd->ram_size the return value of initdram matches the existing
MIPS board behaviour.
Suggested-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
The LZO decompressor wasn't initializing the maximum output size, which
meant it would fail to decompress most of the time.
Reported-by: Matthias Weißer <weisserm@arcor.de>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Matthias Weißer <weisserm@arcor.de>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The show_model_r function should return an int but didn't. Return 0 to
indicate inevitable success and avoid the following if it is used:
common/board_r.c: In function 'show_model_r':
common/board_r.c:531:1: warning: no return statement in function returning non-void [-Wreturn-type]
}
^
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This required moving it into a C file from the header.
The only user of a non-default name_to_gpio is blackfin, therefore build tested
with the blackfin bct-brettl2 build, which is one I picked at random. Also
tested with a build for the ARM tec board which uses the default/fallback
implementation. Inspection with objdump shows that both have done the right
thing.
This change was requested by Marek during review of the sunxi patch series.
Signed-off-by: Ian Campbell <ijc@hellion.org.uk>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Sonic Zhang <sonic.adi@gmail.com>
This patch add support for gpimage format as a preparatory
patch for porting u-boot for keystone2 devices and is
based on omapimage format. It re-uses gph header to store the
size and loadaddr as done in omapimage.c
Signed-off-by: Vitaly Andrianov <vitalya@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
The keystone2 SOC requires to fix all 32 bit aliased addresses
to their 36 physical format. This has to happen after all fdt
nodes are added or modified.
Signed-off-by: Vitaly Andrianov <vitalya@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
We add two new environment variables, falcon_args_file and
falcon_image_file, which when set will override the compiled in default
values for falcon mode.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
With 452a272 we moved to allocating these variables on the stack. So
they will never now be NULL so remove these checks.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Inside of SPL we only concern ourself with one MMC device, so instead of
being able to use CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV we need to use 0 in SPL.
Switch the code to use a 'dev' variable to facilitate this.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
We should move forward to remove the old board init code. Add a
prominent message to encourage maintainers to get started on this
work.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We've run into a non-trivial conversion to CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD so
we'll postpone this notice until right after v2014.04 is out.
This reverts commit 36c4b1d980.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Changes:
- randomly generate partition uuid if any is undefined and CONFIG_RAND_UUID
is defined
- print debug info about set/unset/generated uuid
- update doc/README.gpt
Signed-off-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Cc: Piotr Wilczek <p.wilczek@samsung.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Some eMMC chips may need the RST_n_FUNCTION bit set to a non-zero value
in order for warm reset of the system to work. Details on this being
required will be part of the eMMC datasheet. Also add using this
command to the dra7xx README.
* Whitespace fix by panto
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Acked-by: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
We should move forward to remove the old board init code. Add a
prominent message to encourage maintainers to get started on this
work.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When using CONFIG_SYS_I2C i2c needs to be initialized by
i2c_init_all(). This is done in some places but not in
eeprom_init().
Signed-off-by: Matthias Fuchs <matthias.fuchs@esd.eu>
The way that struct mmc was implemented was a bit of a mess;
configuration and internal state all jumbled up in a single structure.
On top of that the way initialization is done with mmc_register leads
to a lot of duplicated code in drivers.
Typically the initialization got something like this in every driver.
struct mmc *mmc = malloc(sizeof(struct mmc));
memset(mmc, 0, sizeof(struct mmc);
/* fill in fields of mmc struct */
/* store private data pointer */
mmc_register(mmc);
By using the new mmc_create call one just passes an mmc config struct
and an optional private data pointer like this:
struct mmc = mmc_create(&cfg, priv);
All in tree drivers have been updated to the new form, and expect
mmc_register to go away before long.
Changes since v1:
* Use calloc instead of manually calling memset.
* Mark mmc_register as deprecated.
Signed-off-by: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
I needed to be able to uncompress lzma files. I did this command
based on unzip command and propose it if it could help.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Bouchand <pbfwdlist@gmail.com>
Changed to work with sandbox
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add function which allows encrypting the whole environment block with
AES-128-CBC. The key for the environment is retrieved by
env_aes_cbc_get_key() function, which must be implemented on a per-board
basis.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Implement env_export() wrapper, so that all implementers of saveenv() don't
have to call hexport_r(), crc32() etc. sequence . This trims down a bit of
code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Add simple 'aes' command, which allows using the AES-128-CBC encryption
and decryption functions from U-Boot command line.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
add host tool "fit_check_sign" which verifies, if a fit image is
signed correct.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add hash_init(), hash_update() and hash_finish() to the
hash_algo struct. Add hash_lookup_algo() to look up the
struct given an algorithm name.
Signed-off-by: Hung-ying Tyan <tyanh@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for sha256,rsa4096 signatures in u-boot.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: andreas@oetken.name
based on patch from andreas@oetken.name:
http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/294318/
commit message:
I currently need support for rsa-sha256 signatures in u-boot and found out that
the code for signatures is not very generic. Thus adding of different
hash-algorithms for rsa-signatures is not easy to do without copy-pasting the
rsa-code. I attached a patch for how I think it could be better and included
support for rsa-sha256. This is a fast first shot.
aditionally work:
- removed checkpatch warnings
- removed compiler warnings
- rebased against current head
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: andreas@oetken.name
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
check if a fdt is correct signed
pass an optional addr value. Contains the addr of the key blob
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a simple LCD driver which uses SDL to display the image. We update the
image regularly, while still providing for reasonable performance.
Adjust the common lcd code to support sandbox.
For command-line runs we do not want the LCD to be displayed, so add a
--show_lcd option to enable it.
Tested-by: Che-Liang Chiou <clchiou@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a common library for obtaining access to the Chrome OS EC. This is
used by boards which need to talk to the EC.
Reviewed-by: Vadim Bendebury <vbendeb@google.com>
Tested-by: Vadim Bendebury <vbendeb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Vadim Bendebury <vbendeb@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we use U-Boot's filesystem layer to read the sandbox device tree,
but this is problematic since it relies on a temporary feauture added
there. Since we plan to implement proper block layer support for sandbox,
change this code to use the os layer functions instead. Also use the new
fdt_create_empty_tree() instead of our own code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Before this commit, CONFIG_MPC8260 and CONFIG_8260
were used mixed-up.
All boards with mpc8260 cpu defined both of them:
- CONFIG_MPC8260 was defined in board config headers
and include/common.h
- CONFIG_8260 was defined arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/config.mk
We do not need to have both of them.
This commit keeps only CONFIG_MPC8260.
This commit does:
- Delete CONFIG_8260 and CONFIG_MPC8260 definition
in config headers and include/common.h
- Rename CONFIG_8260 to CONFIG_MPC8260
in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/config.mk.
- Rename #ifdef CONFIG_8260 to #ifdef CONFIG_MPC8260
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
When importing a checksummed area we need to be told how big the area in
question is so that we know that will match the size of the area which
the checksum is generated against.
Reported-by: Pierre AUBERT <p.aubert@staubli.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
The following shell command fails:
if test -z "$x"; then echo "zero"; else echo "non-zero"; fi
(assuming $x does not exist, it prints "non-zero" rather than "zero").
... since "$x" expands to nothing, and the argument is completely
dropped, causing too few to be passed to -z, causing cmd_test() to
error out early.
This is because when variable expansions are processed by make_string(),
the expanded results are concatenated back into a new string. However,
no quoting is applied when doing so, so any empty variables simply don't
generate any parameter when the combined string is parsed again.
Fix this by explicitly replacing quoting any argument that was originally
quoted when re-generating a string from the already-parsed argument list.
This also fixes loss of whitespace in commands such as:
setenv space " "
setenv var " 1${space}${space} 2 "
echo ">>${var}<<"
Reported-by: Russell King <linux@arm.linux.org.uk>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
Add 64-bit data for memory commands, such as md, mw, mm, cmp. The new
size ".q " is introduced.
For 64-bit architecture, 64-bit data is enabled by default, by detecting
compiler __LP64__. It is optional for other architectures.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Now that named GPIO banks are supported, along with a way of obtaining
the status of a GPIO (input or output), we can provide an enhanced
GPIO command for driver model. Where the driver provides its own operation
for obtaining the GPIO state, this is used, otherwise a generic version
is sufficient.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As an example of how to write a uclass and a driver, provide a demo version
of each, accessible through the 'demo' command.
To use these with driver model, define CONFIG_CMD_DEMO and CONFIG_DM_DEMO.
The two demo drivers are enabled with CONFIG_DM_DEMO_SIMPLE and
CONFIG_DM_DEMO_SHAPE.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Pavel Herrmann <morpheus.ibis@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Viktor Křivák <viktor.krivak@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Hlavacek <tmshlvck@gmail.com>
Make driver model available after relocation, by setting up data structures
and scanning for devices using compiled-in platform_data and (when available)
the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
U-Boot now uses errors defined in include/errno.h which are negative
integers. Commands which fail need to report the error and return 1
to indicate failure. Add this functionality in cmd_process_error().
For now this merely reports the error number. It would be possible
also to produce a helpful error message by storing the error strings
in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When we tell the compiler to optimize for ARMv7 (and ARMv6 for that
matter) it assumes a default of SCTRL.A being cleared and unaligned
accesses being allowed and fast at the hardware level. We set this bit
and must pass along -mno-unaligned-access so that the compiler will
still breakdown accesses and not trigger a data abort.
To better help understand the requirements of the project with respect
to unaligned memory access, the
Documentation/unaligned-memory-access.txt file has been added as
doc/README.unaligned-memory-access.txt and is taken from the v3.14-rc1
tag of the kernel.
Cc: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Cc: Mans Rullgard <mans@mansr.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Remove the last uses of symbol offsets in ARM U-Boot.
Remove some needless uses of _TEXT_BASE.
Remove all _TEXT_BASE definitions.
Signed-off-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
With this, fixup a trivial build error of get_effective_memsize needing
to be updated in the new board/freescale/p1010rdb/spl.c
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
There was no enough stack in SPL, so the buffer needed in SPL is to malloc
from memory pool and to repalce the temporary variable.
Signed-off-by: Ying Zhang <b40530@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
For aarch64, unsigned long is 64-bit data. Memory commands should be fixed
with u32 for 32-bit address access. To be clear, ushort is replace with
u16, u_char is replaced with u8.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
The directory name from an fdtdir directive in a PXE config file should
always be pre-pended to the DTB filename; it shouldn't matter whether
the DTB filename came from the $fdtfile environment variable, or whether
it was constructed dynamically from ${soc}-${board}.dtb. Fix the code to
always prepend the directory name.
Reported-by: Dennis Gilmore <dennis@ausil.us>
Fixes: c61d94d860 ("pxe: implement fdtdir extlinux.conf tag")
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Dennis Gilmore <dennis@ausil.us>
Tested-by: Dennis Gilmore <dennis@ausil.us>
This patch deal with error message of mtest command.
When test failed, the mtest command will output error information
that include memory address and value. But the address field is
not correct or misleading.
Signed-off-by: David Feng <fenghua@phytium.com.cn>
This function has been around for powerpc. It is used for systems with
memory more than CONFIG_MAX_MEM_MAPPED. In case of non-contiguous memory,
this feature can limit U-boot to one block without going over the limit.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
do_bootm_standanlone() calls ntohl(images->ep) which is wrong because
endianess conversion has already been done:
do_bootm()
\-do_bootm_states()
+-bootm_find_os()
| \-images.ep = image_get_ep();
| \-uimage_to_cpu(hdr->ih_ep);
\-boot_selected_os()
\-do_bootm_standanlone()
Without this conversion the code works correctly at least on AT91SAM9G45.
On big endian systems there should be no difference after applying this
patch because uimage_to_cpu(x) and ntohl(x) both expand to 'x'.
Signed-off-by: Christian Eggers <ceggers@gmx.de>
pxe.c provides both the "pxe" command which relies on a network, and the
"sysboot" command which doesn't. Fix the file to compile when network
support isn't enabled. This is useful e.g. on the Raspberry Pi which has
no network support yet, but will soon support the sysboot command.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
With d6a320d we moved some clock externs out of blackfin_local.h and
into clock.h but now need to include <asm/clock.h> in more drivers to
avoid warnings.
Cc: Sonic Zhang <sonic.zhang@analog.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
There is a strange comment in fit_image_load().
This function can be used for loading Kernel Image, FDT
as well as ramdisk.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- When CONFIG_DISPLAY_CPUINFO is not enabled,
print_cpuinfo() should be defined as an empty function
in a header, include/common.h
- Remove #ifdef CONFIG_DISPLAY_CPUINFO .. #endif
from caller, common/board_f.c and arch/arm/lib/board.c
- Remove redundant prototypes in arch/arm/lib/board.c,
arch/arm/include/asm/arch-am33x/sys_proto.h and
board/nokia/rx51/rx51.h, keeping the one in include/common.h
- Add #ifdef CONFIG_DISPLAY_CPUINFO to the func definition
where it is missing
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Useful rules in scripts/Makefile.lib allows us to easily
generate a device tree blob and wrap it in assembly code.
We do not need to parse a linker script to get output format and arch.
This commit deletes ./u-boot.dtb since it is a copy of dts/dt.dtb.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Now we are ready to switch over to real Kbuild.
This commit disables temporary scripts:
scripts/{Makefile.build.tmp, Makefile.host.tmp}
and enables real Kbuild scripts:
scripts/{Makefile.build,Makefile.host,Makefile.lib}.
This switch is triggered by the line in scripts/Kbuild.include
-build := -f $(if $(KBUILD_SRC),$(srctree)/)scripts/Makefile.build.tmp obj
+build := -f $(if $(KBUILD_SRC),$(srctree)/)scripts/Makefile.build obj
We need to adjust some build scripts for U-Boot.
But smaller amount of modification is preferable.
Additionally, we need to fix compiler flags which are
locally added or removed.
In Kbuild, it is not allowed to change CFLAGS locally.
Instead, ccflags-y, asflags-y, cppflags-y,
CFLAGS_$(basetarget).o, CFLAGS_REMOVE_$(basetarget).o
are prepared for that purpose.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Tested-by: Gerhard Sittig <gsi@denx.de>
This commit changes the working directory
where the build process occurs.
Before this commit, build process occurred under the source
tree for both in-tree and out-of-tree build.
That's why we needed to add $(obj) prefix to all generated
files in makefiles like follows:
$(obj)u-boot.bin: $(obj)u-boot
Here, $(obj) is empty for in-tree build, whereas it points
to the output directory for out-of-tree build.
And our old build system changes the current working directory
with "make -C <sub-dir>" syntax when descending into the
sub-directories.
On the other hand, Kbuild uses a different idea
to handle out-of-tree build and directory descending.
The build process of Kbuild always occurs under the output tree.
When "O=dir/to/store/output/files" is given, the build system
changes the current working directory to that directory and
restarts the make.
Kbuild uses "make -f $(srctree)/scripts/Makefile.build obj=<sub-dir>"
syntax for descending into sub-directories.
(We can write it like "make $(obj)=<sub-dir>" with a shorthand.)
This means the current working directory is always the top
of the output directory.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Tested-by: Gerhard Sittig <gsi@denx.de>
Unlike other commands (for example, "fatwrite"), ext4write would
interpret the "sizebytes" as decimal number. This is not only
inconsistend and unexpected to most users, it also breaks usage
like this:
tftp ${addr} ${name}
ext4write mmc 0:2 ${addr} ${filename} ${filesize}
Change this to use the standard notation of base 16 input format.
See also commit b770e88
WARNING: this is a change to the user interface!!
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Uma Shankar <uma.shankar@samsung.com>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
This is much like a regular shell's -e operator, except that it takes
multiple arguments to specify the device type and device/partition ID
in addition to the usual filename:
if test -e mmc 0:1 /boot/boot.scr; then echo yes; else echo no; fi
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
This emulates bash:
$ if test; then echo yes; else echo no; fi
no
Currently, the code sets expr = -1 in this case, which gets mapped to
0 (true) at the end of do_test() by the logical -> shell exit code
conversion.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Currently, ! can only be parsed as the first operator in an expression.
This prevents the following from working:
$ if test ! ! 1 -eq 1; then echo yes; else echo no; fi
yes
$ if test ! 1 -eq 2 -a ! 3 -eq 4; then echo yes; else echo no; fi
yes
Fix this by parsing ! like any other operator, and and handling it
similarly to -a and -o.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
This better mirrors the behaviour of bash, for example:
$ if test -z = -z; then echo yes; else echo no; fi
yes
This is parsed as a string comparison of "-z" and "-z", since the check
for the binary "=" operator occurs first. Without this change, the
command would be parsed as a -z test of "-", followed by a syntax error;
a trailing -z without and operand.
This is a behavioural change, but I believe any commands affected were
previously invalid or bizarely formed.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
do_test() currently uses strcmp() twice to determine which operator is
present; once to determine how many arguments the operator needs, then
a second time to actually decode the operator and implement it.
Rewrite the code so that a table lookup is used to translate the operator
string to an integer, and use a more efficient switch statement to decode
and execute the operator.
This approach also acts as enablement for the following patches.
This patch should introduce no behavioural change.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
The open and close mmc sub-commands implement a hard-coded set of values
specific to the SMDK5250 platform. Remove these commands as what they
did can be done instead with a series of mmc dev / bootpart / bootbus
commands instead now.
Cc: Amar <amarendra.xt@samsung.com>
Cc: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
Add a bootbus sub-command to the mmc command to allow for setting
the boot_bus_width, reset_boot_bus_width and boot_mode fields of
BOOT_BUS_WIDTH (EXT_CSD[177]).
Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
Add a partconf sub-command to the mmc command to allow for setting
the boot_ack, boot_partition and partition_access fields of
PARTITION_CONFIG (formerly BOOT_CONFIG, EXT_CSD[179]). Part of this
requires changing the check for 'part' from an strncmp to a strcmp, like
the rest of the sub-commands.
Cc: Andy Fleming <afleming@gmail.com>
Cc: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
Rename 'bootpart' to 'bootpart-resize' to better reflect what this
command is for.
Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
We use the switch CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT today to enable some
additional features of the eMMC boot partitions. Add support for being
told that we have booted from one of these partitions to the spl
framework and implement this on TI OMAP/related.
Cc: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
People who write (or scripts that auto-generate) extlinux.conf don't
want to know about HW-specific information such as FDT filenames. Create
a new extlinux.conf tag "fdtdir" that specifies only the directory where
FDT files are located, and defer all knowledge of the filename to U-Boot.
The algorithm implemented is:
==========
if $fdt_addr_r is set:
if "fdt" tag was specified in extlinux.conf:
load the FDT from the filename in the tag
else if "fdtdir" tag was specified in extlinux.conf:
if "fdtfile" is set in the environment:
load the FDT from filename in "$fdtfile"
else:
load the FDT from some automatically generated filename
if no FDT file was loaded, and $fdtaddr is set:
# This indicates an FDT packaged with firmware
use the FDT at $fdtaddr
==========
A small part of an example /boot/extlinux.conf might be:
==========
LABEL primary
LINUX zImage
FDTDIR ./
LABEL failsafe
LINUX bkp/zImage
FDTDIR bkp/
==========
... with /boot/tegra20-seaboard.dtb or /boot/bkp/tegra20-seaboard.dtb
being loaded by the sysboot/pxe code.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
The specification for extlinux.conf[1] states that "fdt" is an alias for
"devicetree". To date, U-Boot only implements "fdt". Rectify that.
[1] http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec/
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Command provides just dump subcommand for showing clock
frequencies in a soc.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Changes:
- le16_to_cpu() to get_unaligned_le16()
- le32_to_cpu() to get_unaligned_le32()
when access fields in struct bmp header.
This changes avoids data abort exception caused by unaligned data access.
Signed-off-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
This is only required for "PIC" relocation and doesn't apply to modern
"PIE" relocation which does data relocation as well as code.
"init_sequence_r" is just an array that consists of compile-time
adresses of init functions. Since this is basically an array of integers
(pointers to "void" to be more precise) it won't be modified during
relocation - it will be just copied to new location as it is.
As a consequence on execution after relocation "initcall_run_list" will
be jumping to pre-relocation addresses. As long as we don't overwrite
pre-relocation memory area init calls are executed correctly. But still
it is dangerous because after relocation we don't expect initially used
memory to stay untouched.
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
Cc: Doug Anderson <dianders@chromium.org>
Cc: Thomas Langer <thomas.langer@lantiq.com>
Cc: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Add SPL support to be able to detect a USB Mass Storage device
connected to a USB host. Once a USB Mass storage device is detected
the SPL will load the u-boot.img from a FAT partition to target address.
Signed-off-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
The change to add 64bit initrd support broke 32bit initrd support as it
always set 64bits worth of data into the properties, even on 32bit
systems. The fix is to use addr_cell_len (which already says how much
data is in 'tmp') to set the property, rather than always setting 8.
Thanks to Stephen Warren for pointing out the fix here.
Reported-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
when creating the hashtable, for each environmentvariable
getenv(ENV_CALLBACK_VAR) and getenv(ENV_FLAGS_VAR) is called,
which costs at this point a lot of time. So call this two
getenv() calls only once.
Boottime on the ids8313 board without this patch:
2013-12-19 13:38:22,894: NAND: 128 MiB
2013-12-19 13:38:27,659: In: serial
(~4.8 sec)
Bootime with this patch on the ids8313 board:
2013-12-19 13:40:25,332: NAND: 128 MiB
2013-12-19 13:40:25,546: In: serial
(~0.2 sec)
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
For standalone images, bootm had a special case where the OS boot function
was NULL but did actually exist. It was just called manually.
This was removed by commit 35fc84fa which checks for the non-existence of
this function before the special case is examined.
There is no obvious reason why standalone is handled with a special case.
Adjust the code so that standalone has a normal OS boot function. We still
need a special case for when the function returns, but at least we can
avoid the main problem.
This is intended to fix the reported:
ERROR: booting os 'U-Boot' (17) is not supported
but needs testing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Otherwise, when booting VxWorks kernel, the incorrect message will
be seen:
ARM Unknown OS Kernel Image (uncompressed)
Signed-off-by: Miao Yan <miao.yan@windriver.com>
Compiling of full list of commands does not advance the counter,
so it always results in an empty list.
This seems to be (inadvertently?) introduced by commit
6c7c946cad.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gabbasov <andrew_gabbasov@mentor.com>
Before this change ums mode can not be entered when device
was using the same usb port for usb/uart communication.
Switching USB cable from UART to USB always causes ums exit.
Signed-off-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com>
"env_eeprom_bus" is no longer in use (it was introduced in commit
548738b4d4 "cmd_eeprom: I2C updates").
As in "eeprom_bus_write" we just reset I2C bus with the one we saved in
"old_bus".
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Add map_sysmem() calls so that this test works correctly on sandbox.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Hung-ying Tyan <tyanh@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Bringing in the MMC tree means that CONFIG_BOUNCE_BUFFER needed to be
added to include/configs/exynos5-dt.h now.
Conflicts:
include/configs/exynos5250-dt.h
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Relocation code based on a patch by Scott Wood, which is:
Signed-off-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David Feng <fenghua@phytium.com.cn>
The eMMC and the SD-Card specifications describe the optional SET_DSR command.
During measurements at our lab we found that some cards implementing this feature
having really strong driver strengts per default. This can lead to voltage peaks
above the specification of the host on signal edges for data sent from a card to
the host.
Since availability of a given card type may be shorter than the time a certain
hardware will be produced it is useful to have support for this command (Alternative
would be changing termination resistors and adapting the driver strength of the
host to the used card.)
Following proposal for an implementation:
- new field that reflects CSD field DSR_IMP in struct mmc
- new field for design specific DSR value in struct mmc
- board code can set DSR value in mmc struct just after registering an controller
- mmc_startup sends the the stored DSR value before selecting a card, if DSR_IMP is set
Additionally the mmc command is extended to make is possible to play around with different
DSR values.
The concept was tested on a i.MX53 based platform using a Micron eMMC card where the default
DSR is 0x0400 (12mA) but in our design 0x0100 (0x0100) were enough. To use this feature for
instance on a mx53loco one have to add a call to mmc_set_dsr() in board_mmc_init() after
calling fsl_esdhc_initialize() for the eMMC.
Signed-off-by: Markus Niebel <Markus.Niebel@tqs.de>
Acked-by: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
It is useful to be able to save and restore the RAM contents of sandbox
U-Boot either for setting up tests, for later analysys, or for chaining
together multiple tests which need to keep the same memory contents.
Add a function to provide a memory file for U-Boot. This is read on
start-up and written when shutting down. If the file does not exist
on start-up, it will be created when shutting down.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With sandbox, errors and problems may be reported before console_init_f()
is executed. For example, an argument may not parse correctly or U-Boot may
panic(). At present this output is swallowed so there is no indication what
is going wrong.
Adjust the console to deal with a very early sandbox setup, by detecting that
there is no global_data yet, and calling os functions in that case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The execution flow becomes easier if we can return from board_init_f()
as ARM does. We can control things from start.c instead of having to
call back into that file from other places.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Provide a way to use any host file or device as a block device in U-Boot.
This can be used to provide filesystem access within U-Boot to an ext2
image file on the host, for example.
The support is plumbed into the filesystem and partition interfaces.
We don't want to print a message in the driver every time we find a missing
device. Pass the information back to the caller where a message can be printed
if desired.
Signed-off-by: Henrik Nordström <henrik@henriknordstrom.net>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Removed change to part.c get_device_and_partition()
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
fdt_fixup_memory_banks() will add and update /memory node in
device tree blob. In the case that /memory node doesn't exist,
after adding a new one, this function returns error.
The correct behavior should be continuing to update its properties.
Signed-off-by: Miao Yan <miao.yan@windriver.com>
The next version VxWorks adopts device tree (for PowerPC and ARM) as its hardware
description mechanism. For PowerPC, the boot interface conforms to
the ePAPR standard, which is:
void (*kernel_entry)(ulong fdt_addr,
ulong r4 /* 0 */,
ulong r5 /* 0 */,
ulong r6 /* EPAPR_MAGIC */, ulong r7 /* IMA size */,
ulong r8 /* 0 */, ulong r9 /* 0 */)
For ARM, the boot interface is:
void (*kernel_entry)(void *fdt_addr)
Signed-off-by: Miao Yan <miao.yan@windriver.com>
[trini: Fix build error when !CONFIG_OF_FDT is set, typo on PowerPC,
missing extern ft_fixup_num_cores]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
do_bootm_vxworks now is available under the configuration option
CONFIG_BOOTM_VXWORKS, thus aligned with other operating systems
that supported by bootm command. The bootvx command still depneds
on CONFIG_CMD_ELF.
Signed-off-by: Miao Yan <miao.yan@windriver.com>
If U-Boot build with DEBUG enabled/defined the first call of "debug"
function (that dumps data to any available console) will happen before
zeroing of initial "gd" in init call "zero_global_data" in
"init_sequence_f".
And if stack was not filled with zeros chances are high that
"gd->have_console" won't be 0. In its turn it will cause attempt to
output things to non-initialized yet serial console.
So for safety and predictability we set "gd->have_console = 0".
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Mischa Jonker <mjonker@synopsys.com>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
argv[0] contains bootvx (command name) not the load address, if called with
argv < 2 use load_addr, else use address argument given to the command.
Signed-off-by: Stany MARCEL <smarcel@novasys-ingenierie.com>
The documentation suggested the arguments where passed over r3-r6
while the code below simply does that over r0-r3.
Cc: Kumar Gala <galak@kernel.crashing.org>
The local pointer of address (i.e., addr) only gets
referenced under SPI mode, and it won't be appropriate
to pass only 1-byte addr[1] to i2c_read/i2c_write while
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN > 1.
1. In U-boot's I2C model, the address would be re-assembled
to a byte string in MSB order inside I2C controller drivers.
2. The 'CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW' option which could
be found at soft_i2c.c is always turned on in cmd_eeprom.c,
the addr[0] always contains the device address with overflowed
MSB address bits.
Signed-off-by: Kuo-Jung Su <dantesu@faraday-tech.com>
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD <plagnioj@jcrosoft.com>
cc: Peter Tyser <ptyser@xes-inc.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Mischa Jonker <mjonker@synopsys.com>
The directory tools/ is always built before common/.
So when envcrc tool is necessary in common/Makefile,
it already exists.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.m@jp.panasonic.com>
In the case of not having CONFIG_CMD_HASH but having CONFIG_CMD_CRC32
enabled (and not CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY), we end up in this part of the
code path on hash_command(). However, we will only have exactly 3 args
here, and 3 > 3 is false, and we will not try and store the hash at the
address given as arg #3. The next problem however is that we've been
moving argv around so the third value is now in argv[0] not argv[3].
Confirmed on AM335x Beaglebone White.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Some phys (Micrel) have additional registers that can
be accessed using a special sequence. This patch allows
to use standard "mdio" command to accesss these registers.
Signed-off-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Data "offset" is not used directly in case of I2C EEPROM. Istead it is
split into "block number" and "offset within mentioned block". Which are
"addr[0]" and "addr[1]" respectively.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD <plagnioj@jcrosoft.com>
cc: Peter Tyser <ptyser@xes-inc.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Mischa Jonker <mjonker@synopsys.com>
Remove the redundant lcd_line_length initialisation which
sneaked in when an earlier version of the patch of commit
6d330719 has been rebased.
Some lcd drivers need to setup lcd_line_length not from the
panel_info parameters but by different means. Make the
lcd_get_size() weak to allow setting lcd_line_length in
a driver specific way.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@wwwdotorg.org>
The env export command doesn't export the first variable of the list
since commit 5a31ea04c9
"env grep" - reimplement command using hexport_r()
Signed-off-by: Pierre Aubert <p.aubert@staubli.com>
As originally implemented, setting the AUTOBOOT_KEYED config option will
prevent users from breaking into the autoboot script with ctrl-c. Restore
that option with a new config symbol.
Signed-off-by: Mark Langsdorf <mark.langsdorf@calxeda.com>
The gpt command was only implemented for mmc devices. There is no reason
why this command should not be generalized and be applied all other
storage device classes.
This change both simplifies the implementation and eliminates a
build failure for systems that don't support mmcs.
Signed-off-by: Egbert Eich <eich@suse.com>
Tested-by: Piotr Wilczek <p.wilczek@samsung.com>
[trini: Change coding style slightly]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
This patch allows exiting from UMS mode to u-boot prompt
by detaching usb cable or by pressing ctrl+c.
Add new config: CONFIG_USB_CABLE_CHECK. If defined then board
file should provide function: usb_cable_connected() (include/usb.h)
that return 1 if cable is connected and 0 otherwise.
Changes v2:
- add a note to the README
Signed-off-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Before this change ums command only allowed use of mmc 0.
Now this argument can be set.
Changes:
- remove mmc device number checking because it is always positive number
- remove printing "no such device" - it is done by find_mmc_device()
Change-Id: I767e45151ad515c7bef19e6c13087374f5e23c11
Signed-off-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This patch introduces some cleanups to ums code. Changes:
ums common:
- introduce UMS_START_SECTOR and UMS_NUM_SECTORS as defined in
usb_mass_storage.h both default values as 0 if board config
doesn't define them
common cleanup changes:
- change name of struct "ums_board_info" to "ums"
- "ums_device" fields are moved to struct ums and "dev_num" is removed
- change function name: board_ums_init to ums_init
- remove "extern" prefixes from usb_mass_storage.h
cmd_usb_mass_storage:
- change error() to printf() if need to print info message
- change return values to command_ret_t type at ums command code
- add command usage string
Changes v2:
ums common:
- always returns number of read/write sectors
- coding style clean-up
ums gadget:
- calculate amount of read/write from device returned value.
Signed-off-by: Przemyslaw Marczak <p.marczak@samsung.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@gmail.com>
In commit "5c427e4: use BOOTM_STATE_OS_CMDLINE flag for plain bootm"
and "3d187b3: Only pass BOOTM_STATE_OS_CMDLINE on PowerPC/MIPS",
BOOTM_STATE_OS_CMDLINE was added to do_bootm for PowerPC and MIPS. This
breaks other OSes (vxworks, netbsd, plan9,...) that don't support
subcommand processing, e.g. they all contain the following code in their
do_bootm_xxx():
if (flag & BOOTM_STATE_OS_PREP)
return 0;
if ((flag != 0) && (flag != BOOTM_STATE_OS_GO))
return 1;
which will result a "subcommand not supported" error.
This patch changes the above logic to:
/* if not go command, pretend everything to be OK */
if (flag != BOOTM_STATE_OS_GO)
return 0;
Signed-off-by: Miao Yan <miao.yan@windriver.com>
env exists is a way to test (in hush) if an environment variable
exists. A workaround existed using printenv but this new command
doesn't require all the stdout/stderr redirection to prevent
printing information to the screen.
Example:
$ set testexists 1
$ env exists testexists && echo "yes"
yes
$ env exists testexists || echo "no"
$ set testexists
$ env exists testexists && echo "yes"
$ env exists testexists || echo "no"
no
$
Signed-off-by: Andrew Ruder <andrew.ruder@elecsyscorp.com>
Here is the set of command which has been performed
to proof this feature.
gzip < fpga.bin > fpga.bin.gz
mkimage -A arm -O u-boot -T firmware -C gzip \
-a 20000000 -n "zc702_fpga_bin" -d fpga.bin.gz fpga.bin.gz.ub
tftp 100000 fpga.bin.gz.ub
fpga loadmk 0 100000
This flow should speedup loading bitstream data
from external memory and save image footprint in non volatile
memory.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
pxelinux and syslinux differ in their handling of absolute paths in menu
files. A pxelinux path is aways prepended with the bootfile path while
syslinux allows for absolute paths. u-boot was always treating a leading
/ as an absolute path breaking some pxelinux setups. Fix this by adding
a flag to distinguish pxelinux vs. syslinux behavior.
Reported-by: Ian Campbell <Ian.Campbell@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
This will be used by usb_lowlevel_init so it will
no longer be used by only board specific functions.
Move definition of enum usb_init_type higher in file
so that it will be available for usb_low_level_init.
Signed-off-by: Troy Kisky <troy.kisky@boundarydevices.com>
New command - thordown - has been added to support downloading data
via lthor TIZEN program.
It is similar to dfu command syntax and reuses its code for flashing data.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
This commit unifies board-specific USB initialization implementations
under one symbol (usb_board_init), declaration of which is available in
usb.h.
New API allows selective initialization of USB controllers whenever needed.
Signed-off-by: Mateusz Zalega <m.zalega@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <l.majewski@samsung.com>
This adds stack layer for eXtensible Host Controller Interface
which facilitates use of USB 3.0 in host mode.
Adapting xHCI host controller driver in linux-kernel
by Sarah Sharp to needs in u-boot.
Initial porting from Linux kernel version 3.4, with following
top commit history of drivers/usb/host/xhci* :
cf84055 xHCI: Cleanup isoc transfer ring when TD length mismatch found
This adds the basic xHCI host controller driver with bare minimum
features:
- Control/Bulk transfer support has been added with required
infrastructure for necessary xHC data structures.
- Stream protocol hasn't been supported yet.
- No support for quirky devices has been added.
Signed-off-by: Vikas C Sajjan <vikas.sajjan@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Julius Werner <jwerner@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Vivek Gautam <gautam.vivek@samsung.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Cc: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
On generic board, the i2c init initialize only
one bus. But the new i2c subsystem allow to
manage severals i2c bus. So in the case, instead
of initializing a bus, we just set the current
i2c bus. The initialization will be done in
the i2c command.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@yahoo.fr>
This bug was introduced by:
"Add GPL-2.0+ SPDX-License-Identifier to source files"
(sha1: 1a4596601f)
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
commit 39ac34473f ("cmd_mtdparts: use 64
bits for flash size, partition size & offset") introduced warnings
in a couple places due to printf formats or pointer casting.
This patch fixes the warnings pointed out here:
http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2013-October/164981.html
Signed-off-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Cc: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Paul Burton <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>
Added GPL-2.0+ SPDX-License-Identifier for missed sf
source files.
Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jagannadh.teki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bo Shen <voice.shen@atmel.com>
Pass a valid cmdtp into do_tftpb(), do_ext2load(), and do_get_fat(), to
avoid possible crashes due to null pointer dereferencing.
Commit d7884e047d does not go far enough.
There is still at least one call chain that can result in a crash.
The do_tftpb(), do_ext2load(), and do_get_fat() functions expect a valid
cmdtp. Passing in NULL is particularly bad in the do_tftpb() case,
because eventually boot_get_kernel() will be called with a NULL cmdtp:
do_tftpb() -> netboot_common() -> bootm_maybe_autostart() -> do_bootm()
-> do_bootm_states() -> bootm_find_os() -> boot_get_kernel()
Around line 991 in cmd_bootm.c, boot_get_kernel() will dereference the
null pointer, and the board will crash.
Signed-off-by: Steven A. Falco <stevenfalco@gmail.com>
commit d196bd8803 adds
redundand environment to mmc. The usage of malloc in
env_relocate_spec triggers cache errors on armv7.
Tested on a not mainlined i.MX53 board:
Board: TQMa53
I2C: ready
DRAM: 512 MiB
MMC: FSL_SDHC: 0, FSL_SDHC: 1
ERROR: v7_dcache_inval_range - start address is not aligned - 0x8f57c2d8
ERROR: v7_dcache_inval_range - stop address is not aligned - 0x8f57e2d8
ERROR: v7_dcache_inval_range - start address is not aligned - 0x8f57e2e0
ERROR: v7_dcache_inval_range - stop address is not aligned - 0x8f5802e0
Using default environment
Signed-off-by: Markus Niebel <Markus.Niebel@tqs.de>
